EP3827438A1 - Activity trends and workouts - Google Patents

Activity trends and workouts

Info

Publication number
EP3827438A1
EP3827438A1 EP20721342.2A EP20721342A EP3827438A1 EP 3827438 A1 EP3827438 A1 EP 3827438A1 EP 20721342 A EP20721342 A EP 20721342A EP 3827438 A1 EP3827438 A1 EP 3827438A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
activity
time period
data corresponding
user interface
metric
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
EP20721342.2A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Aled Hywel Williams
Julie A. ARNEY
Jay Blahnik
Gary Ian Butcher
Nicholas Felton
Eamon F. GILRAVI
Stephen O. Lemay
Matthew J. Sundstrom
Molly Pray Wiebe
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from DKPA201970532A external-priority patent/DK201970532A1/en
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Priority to EP23150297.2A priority Critical patent/EP4184519A1/en
Publication of EP3827438A1 publication Critical patent/EP3827438A1/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/30ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to physical therapies or activities, e.g. physiotherapy, acupressure or exercising
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B24/00Electric or electronic controls for exercising apparatus of preceding groups; Controlling or monitoring of exercises, sportive games, training or athletic performances
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor, mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/1118Determining activity level
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor, mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/112Gait analysis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor, mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/1121Determining geometric values, e.g. centre of rotation or angular range of movement
    • A61B5/1122Determining geometric values, e.g. centre of rotation or angular range of movement of movement trajectories
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor, mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/1123Discriminating type of movement, e.g. walking or running
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/11Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor, mobility of a limb
    • A61B5/1124Determining motor skills
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/48Other medical applications
    • A61B5/486Bio-feedback
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/48Other medical applications
    • A61B5/4866Evaluating metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6801Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
    • A61B5/6802Sensor mounted on worn items
    • A61B5/681Wristwatch-type devices
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7271Specific aspects of physiological measurement analysis
    • A61B5/7275Determining trends in physiological measurement data; Predicting development of a medical condition based on physiological measurements, e.g. determining a risk factor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means
    • A61B5/742Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means using visual displays
    • A61B5/743Displaying an image simultaneously with additional graphical information, e.g. symbols, charts, function plots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means
    • A61B5/742Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means using visual displays
    • A61B5/7435Displaying user selection data, e.g. icons in a graphical user interface
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means
    • A61B5/742Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means using visual displays
    • A61B5/744Displaying an avatar, e.g. an animated cartoon character
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/74Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient ; user input means
    • A61B5/7475User input or interface means, e.g. keyboard, pointing device, joystick
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B24/00Electric or electronic controls for exercising apparatus of preceding groups; Controlling or monitoring of exercises, sportive games, training or athletic performances
    • A63B24/0062Monitoring athletic performances, e.g. for determining the work of a user on an exercise apparatus, the completed jogging or cycling distance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B71/00Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
    • A63B71/06Indicating or scoring devices for games or players, or for other sports activities
    • A63B71/0619Displays, user interfaces and indicating devices, specially adapted for sport equipment, e.g. display mounted on treadmills
    • A63B71/0622Visual, audio or audio-visual systems for entertaining, instructing or motivating the user
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0483Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H15/00ICT specially adapted for medical reports, e.g. generation or transmission thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/60ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/63ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for local operation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/30ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for calculating health indices; for individual health risk assessment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/70ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for mining of medical data, e.g. analysing previous cases of other patients
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2503/00Evaluating a particular growth phase or type of persons or animals
    • A61B2503/10Athletes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2505/00Evaluating, monitoring or diagnosing in the context of a particular type of medical care
    • A61B2505/09Rehabilitation or training
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/02Details of sensors specially adapted for in-vivo measurements
    • A61B2562/0219Inertial sensors, e.g. accelerometers, gyroscopes, tilt switches
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16YINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE INTERNET OF THINGS [IoT]
    • G16Y10/00Economic sectors
    • G16Y10/65Entertainment or amusement; Sports
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16YINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE INTERNET OF THINGS [IoT]
    • G16Y20/00Information sensed or collected by the things
    • G16Y20/40Information sensed or collected by the things relating to personal data, e.g. biometric data, records or preferences
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16YINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE INTERNET OF THINGS [IoT]
    • G16Y40/00IoT characterised by the purpose of the information processing
    • G16Y40/10Detection; Monitoring

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for presenting activity trends and managing workouts.
  • Some techniques for presenting activity trends and managing workouts using electronic devices are generally cumbersome and inefficient.
  • some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes.
  • Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
  • a method for execution at an electronic device including a display device. The method comprises receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period, and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time. The method further comprises receiving a request to display a first user interface.
  • the method further comprises, in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time
  • an electronic device comprising: a display; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second
  • an electronic device comprising: a display.
  • the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data
  • a method performed method at an electronic device including a display device comprises: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device.
  • the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • a method to be performed at an electronic device including a display device comprises: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type,
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type,
  • an electronic device comprising a display device.
  • the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the
  • a method performed at an electronic device including a display device comprises: displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for:
  • a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated
  • an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs include instructions for:
  • a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated
  • an electronic device comprising a display device.
  • the electronic device further comprises: means displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, means for receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, means for launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, means for displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; means for receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more input
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for presenting activity trends and managing workouts, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices.
  • Such methods and interfaces can complement or replace other methods for presenting activity trends and managing workouts.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some
  • FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6A depicts an electronic device displaying a home user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 6B depicts an electronic device displaying an information user interface for an activity application.
  • FIG. 6C depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when an insufficient amount of data to identify a trend has been received for multiple activity metrics.
  • FIG. 6D depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when all activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • FIG. 6E depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when some activity metrics have a positive trend and other activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • FIG. 6F depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • FIG. 6G depicts an electronic device displaying a detailed exercise user interface.
  • FIG. 6H depicts an electronic device displaying a ready-to-user user interface via a display device when activity trends are ready to be viewed on a second device.
  • FIG. 61 depicts an electronic device displaying a mid-month-update user interface via a display device when activity trends are available to be viewed on a second device.
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 10A depicts an electronic device displaying a watch face user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10B depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. IOC depicts an electronic device displaying a walk user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10D depicts an electronic device displaying a control user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10E depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device 1002 and performing a scrolling operation.
  • FIG. 10F depicts an electronic device receiving user input corresponding to selection of a more workouts affordance.
  • FIG. 10G depicts an electronic device displaying a workout list user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10H depicts an electronic device receiving user input corresponding to selection of an AUS football affordance.
  • FIG. 101 depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10J depicts an electronic device displaying an AUS football interface via a display device 1002.
  • FIG. 10K depicts an electronic device displaying a control user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10L depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 10M depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device with an AUS football affordance moved to the left and a delete affordance displayed in a location that was at least partially covered up by the AUS football affordance prior to being moved to the left.
  • FIG. 10N depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device without an AUS football affordance.
  • FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating methods of organizing workouts in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 12A depicts an electronic device displaying an activity application user interface via a display device 1002.
  • FIG. 12B depicts an electronic device displaying an activity user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 12C depicts an electronic device displaying a friends user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 12D depicts an electronic device displaying an awards user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 12E depicts an electronic device displaying a non-awarded detailed user interface via a display device.
  • FIG. 12F depicts an electronic device displaying an awarded detailed user interface via a display device.
  • FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5 A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications.
  • FIGS. 6A-6I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for presenting activity trends. The user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6I are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7A-7B, 8A-8B, and 9.
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of presenting activity trends in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of presenting activity trends in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing workouts.
  • the user interfaces in FIGS. 10A-10N are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A-l IB.
  • FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating methods of organizing workouts in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A-12F illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying awards.
  • the term“if’ is, optionally, construed to mean“when” or“upon” or“in response to determining” or“in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • the phrase“if it is determined” or“if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean“upon determining” or“in response to determining” or“upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or“in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • Other portable electronic devices such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used.
  • the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad).
  • an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
  • the device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • the various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface.
  • One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch- sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch- sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a“touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a“touch-sensitive display system.”
  • Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124.
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164.
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100).
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch- sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300).
  • These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
  • the term“intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors.
  • one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
  • a pressure- sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface.
  • the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements).
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
  • the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure.
  • the term“tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch.
  • a component e.g., a touch-sensitive surface
  • another component e.g., housing
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad
  • a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an“down click” or“up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements.
  • movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as“roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users.
  • a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an“up click,” a“down click,”“roughness”)
  • the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices.
  • Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102.
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • WWW World Wide Web
  • LAN wireless local area network
  • the RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio.
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.1 lb, IEEE 802.1 lg, IEEE 802.1 In, and/or IEEE 802.1 lac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX
  • Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100.
  • Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.
  • Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118.
  • audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2).
  • the headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118.
  • I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116.
  • the other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controlled s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).
  • a quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549,“Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a longer press of the push button e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off.
  • the functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
  • Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112.
  • Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed“graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112.
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images
  • Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112.
  • touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112.
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et ah), 6,570,557 (Westerman et ah), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313,“Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264,“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/038,590,“Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus- based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 100 in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • Power system 162 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.
  • FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175.
  • FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor).
  • a viewpoint e.g., a depth camera sensor.
  • depth camera sensor 175 in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143.
  • a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user’s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data.
  • the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165.
  • FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • contact intensity information e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information
  • at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112).
  • at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.
  • FIG. 1 A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118.
  • proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/240,788,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/620,702,“Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”;
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167.
  • FIG. 1 A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device).
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100.
  • At least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100).
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112
  • at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168.
  • FIG. 1 A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118.
  • accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106.
  • Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S.
  • information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
  • GPS or GLONASS or other global navigation system
  • the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136.
  • memory 102 FIG. 1A
  • 370 FIG. 3
  • Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 e g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS,
  • WINDOWS or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • VxWorks includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • general system tasks e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124.
  • External port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • Determining movement of the point of contact which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch’Vmultiple finger contacts).
  • contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has“clicked” on an icon).
  • at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100).
  • a mouse“click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware.
  • a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click“intensity” parameter).
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.
  • Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts).
  • a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern.
  • detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed.
  • the term“graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
  • graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156. [0123] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
  • Text input module 134 which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
  • applications e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input.
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location- based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location- based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of
  • Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
  • Video conference module 139 • Video conference module 139;
  • Camera module 143 for still and/or video images
  • Widget modules 149 which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
  • Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
  • Video and music player module 152 which merges video player module and music player module
  • Map module 154 • Map module 154;
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
  • an address book or contact list e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370
  • telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
  • video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.
  • the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • Multimedia Message Service MMS
  • MMS Multimedia Message Service
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet-based instant messages
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals);
  • workout sensors sports devices
  • receive workout sensor data calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout
  • select and play music for a workout and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
  • image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • modify e.g., edit
  • present e.g., in a digital slide show or album
  • browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a
  • JavaScript file e.g., Yahoo! Widgets.
  • the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • search criteria e.g., one or more user-specified search terms
  • video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124).
  • device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data
  • online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264.
  • instant messaging module 141 rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video.
  • Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • These modules e.g., sets of instructions
  • video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A).
  • memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100.
  • a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad.
  • the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).
  • event sorter 170 e.g., in operating system 126
  • application 136-1 e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390.
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174.
  • application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118.
  • Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110).
  • Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch- sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • FIG. 1 Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur.
  • the application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
  • an event recognizer e.g., event recognizer 180.
  • event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173.
  • event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
  • operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.
  • application 136-1 includes event sorter 170.
  • event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
  • application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface.
  • Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180.
  • a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180.
  • one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170.
  • Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192.
  • one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190.
  • one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information.
  • Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some
  • event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170.
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement.
  • the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event.
  • the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event.
  • events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event.
  • event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186.
  • Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187- 2), and others.
  • sub-events in an event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching.
  • the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.
  • the double tap for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase.
  • the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object.
  • the dragging for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch- sensitive display 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end).
  • the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.
  • event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object.
  • event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190.
  • Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.
  • event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module.
  • object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object.
  • GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch- sensitive display.
  • event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178.
  • data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200.
  • UI user interface
  • a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100.
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic.
  • a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 204.
  • menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100.
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.
  • device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124.
  • Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 300 need not be portable.
  • device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A).
  • I/O interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display.
  • I/O interface 330
  • Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100.
  • memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the above- identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments.
  • memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300.
  • user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Icon 422 for video and music player module 152 also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled“iPod;” and
  • Icons for other applications such as: o Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled“Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled“Calendar;”
  • Icon 442 for workout support module 142 labeled“Workout Support”
  • Icon 444 for notes module 153 labeled“Notes;”
  • icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A are merely exemplary.
  • icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled“Music” or“Music Player.”
  • Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons.
  • a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112).
  • Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
  • one or more contact intensity sensors e.g., one or more of sensors 359
  • tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
  • the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • the touch-sensitive surface has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450).
  • the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch- sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470).
  • user inputs e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof
  • the device on the touch- sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • the device on the touch- sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • the device on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • the device on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B
  • similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
  • finger inputs e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures
  • one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input).
  • a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • multiple user inputs it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500.
  • Device 500 includes body 502.
  • device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1 A-4B).
  • device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504.
  • touch screen 504 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied.
  • the one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches.
  • the user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500.
  • Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No.
  • PCT/US2013/040061 titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed November 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508.
  • Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms.
  • device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.
  • FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500.
  • device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1 A,
  • Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples EO section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518.
  • EO section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor).
  • intensity sensor 524 e.g., contact intensity sensor
  • EO section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
  • Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508.
  • Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples.
  • Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to EO section 514.
  • Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700,
  • a computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like.
  • Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
  • the term“affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1 A, 3, and 5A-5B).
  • an image e.g., icon
  • a button e.g., button
  • text e.g., hyperlink
  • the term“focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting.
  • the cursor acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element
  • a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element
  • focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these
  • the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
  • the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact).
  • a focus selector e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box
  • a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • the term“characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact.
  • the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples.
  • the characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact).
  • a predefined time period e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds
  • characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
  • the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time).
  • the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user.
  • the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold.
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation.
  • a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases.
  • the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
  • a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact.
  • the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm.
  • these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds.
  • the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the device when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch- sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
  • a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected
  • these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“light press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“deep press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface.
  • a decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.
  • the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
  • one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
  • the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a“down stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed“jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold).
  • the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
  • the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the terms“open application” or“executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internal state 192).
  • An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
  • a suspended or hibernated application which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.
  • closing an application refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application.
  • UI user interfaces
  • portable multifunction device 100 such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.
  • FIGS. 6A-6I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for presenting activity trends, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7A, 7B, 8A, 8B, and 9.
  • FIG. 6A depicts electronic device 600 displaying home user interface 604 via display device 602.
  • electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, or 500.
  • Home user interface 604 includes multiple affordances, each affordance for initiating a different application.
  • the multiple affordances include activity affordance 606 for initiating an activity application (e.g., an application corresponding to physical activity performed by a user associated with electronic device 600).
  • electronic device 600 receives user input 607
  • User input 607 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on activity affordance 606, causing the activity application to be initiated (e.g., display of a user interface of the activity application, such as information user interface 608 (depicted in FIG. 6B) or 90-day trends user interface 612 (depicted in FIGS. 6C-6F).
  • a touch gesture such as a tap gesture on activity affordance 606, causing the activity application to be initiated (e.g., display of a user interface of the activity application, such as information user interface 608 (depicted in FIG. 6B) or 90-day trends user interface 612 (depicted in FIGS. 6C-6F).
  • FIG. 6B depicts electronic device 600 displaying information user interface 608 for an activity application (e.g., the activity application discussed above for FIG. 6A).
  • an activity application e.g., the activity application discussed above for FIG. 6A.
  • Information user interface 608 is an example of a first user interface displayed when initiating the activity application.
  • information user interface 608 is displayed at an initial time that a user navigates to the activity application after content to implement activity trends (e.g., techniques described in methods 700, 800, or 900) has been received by electronic device 600 (e.g., after an update or after an installation of the activity application at a time after the content has been added to the activity application).
  • activity trends e.g., techniques described in methods 700, 800, or 900
  • information user interface 608 is displayed in response to receiving user input (e.g., user input 607) corresponding to selection of an activity affordance (e.g., activity affordance 606).
  • user input e.g., user input 607
  • activity affordance e.g., activity affordance 606
  • other user interfaces e.g., 90-day trends user interface 612, as depicted in FIG. 6C
  • one or more user inputs must be received before displaying information user interface 608 and/or 90-day trends user interface 612.
  • Information user interface 608 provides information related to how activity trends in the activity application work. For example, FIG. 6B depicts information user interface 608 including text that states“Closing your rings everyday will create trends with your activity data. See your comparison of the past 90 days with the past year.”
  • Information user interface 608 includes continue affordance 610.
  • Selection of continue affordance 610 dismisses information user interface 608 and causes a different user interface to be displayed (e.g., 90-day trends user interface 612, as depicted in FIG. 6C).
  • electronic device 600 receives user input 611 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 610.
  • User input 611 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on continue affordance 610.
  • FIG. 6C depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when an insufficient amount of data to identify a trend has been received for multiple activity metrics.
  • a trend corresponds to a comparison of data within a first time period (e.g., 90 days) and data within a second time period (e.g., 365 days), where the first time period is included within the second time period.
  • a trend can be identified with less than a full time period.
  • a trend for the activity metric can be identified when there is at least 180 days of activity data for the activity data, where (1) the remaining days without activity data are ignored when identifying the trend and (2) the shorter of the two time periods is potentially shortened to maintain a similar percentage between the two percentages (e.g., when 180 days is received, the shorter of the two time periods can be 45).
  • FIG. 6C is a user interface shown after four days of activity is received for a user associated with electronic device 600. For clarity of the examples discussed herein, a table is provided below to provide examples of different trend classifications for different scenarios.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6C includes insufficient data portion 614 with header portion 616 and representations for multiple activity metrics, such as move representation 618.
  • Header portion 616 includes a predicted amount of time before a sufficient amount of data will have been received. For example, header portion 616 includes text stating:“Ready in: 26 days.” Such text indicates that it is estimated that the activity application will have enough data to present activity trends via 90-day trends user interface 612 in 26 days. The estimate can be calculated based on forecasting that sufficient information will be received each day for the next 26 days, satisfying an amount of activity data to provide activity trends after the 26 days. Header portion 616 includes information regarding why it will take 26 days to be ready (e.g.,“It takes 30 days of activity to start your trends.”).
  • insufficient data portion 614 includes move representation 618.
  • Move representation 618 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user).
  • Move representation 618 includes identification information 618a indicating that move representation 618 relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 618b indicating that there is insufficient activity data received for the move activity metric to determine an activity trend for the move activity metric (the with a circle around it), placeholder information 618c indicating an average value for move representation 618 is unavailable (the cal avg” text), and description 618d (the“this trend measures the active calories you burn” text).
  • identify information 618a indicating that move representation 618 relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text)
  • icon 618b indicating that there is insufficient activity data received for the move activity metric to determine an activity trend for the move activity metric (the with a circle around it)
  • placeholder information 618c indicating an average
  • representations for activity metrics depicted in FIG. 6C include exercise, stand, and move minutes. Each of the other examples of representations include similar content as move representation 618.
  • FIG. 6D depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when all activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • trends might be over different times from 90 days and 365 days (such as more or less than 90 days and/or more or less than 365 days).
  • the trends are based on rolling time periods.
  • a rolling time period means that, as a new day is added to a time period, an oldest day in the time period is removed.
  • a rolling time period of 90 days means that at day 90 the rolling time period equals day 1 to day 90 and at day 91 the rolling time period equals day 2 to day 91.
  • FIG. 6D depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6D can be displayed 26 days after the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6C is displayed.
  • activity trends e.g., move representation 624
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6D includes negative trend portion 620 with overall coaching portion 622 and representations for multiple activity metrics, including move representation 624.
  • Overall coaching portion 622 includes text providing a summary of the included activity metrics. For example, overall coaching portion 622 includes text stating:“Your trends need some attention. You’ve got this, John!”
  • the representations for multiple activity metrics included in negative trend portion 620 each are associated with a different activity metric that has been determined to have a negative trend (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is less than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days).
  • negative trend portion 620 includes move representation 624.
  • Move representation 624 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user).
  • Move representation 624 includes identification information 624a indicating that it relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 624b indicating that the move activity metric is trending down (the“V” with a circle around it), average value 624c indicating an average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days (the“400 cal avg” text), comparison value 624d indicating the difference between the average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the move activity metric over the last 365 days (“-60”), and coaching indication 624e (the“Try to move around for 10 extra minutes” text).
  • Other examples of representations depicted in FIG. 6D include exercise, stand, and move minutes.
  • Each of the other examples of presentations include similar content as move representation 618, including their own coaching indication (e.g., 626e, 628e, and 630e).
  • coaching indications are only provided to representations corresponding to activity metrics with a negative trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • coaching indications include a prediction for when a negative trend will transition to a neutral or positive trend.
  • coaching indications are modified based on an amount of time it would take for an average of the corresponding activity metric to transition to a neutral or positive trend when forecasting an estimated increase (e.g., 10% per day).
  • the estimated increase can be capped based on a threshold for the corresponding activity metric (e.g., an estimated increase for standing cannot cause a stand goal of greater than 14 hours).
  • the amount of time affects how the coaching indications are modified.
  • a coaching indication when the amount of time is less than a week, a coaching indication includes a prediction with the amount of time; when the amount of time is more than a week and less than two weeks, a coaching indication includes a prediction with the amount of time rounded to a single week; when the amount of time is more than two weeks, a coaching indication does not include a prediction of time.
  • different activity metrics use a different estimated increase.
  • forecasting includes simulating the estimated increase by: (1) forming a histogram associated with activity data for each of a shorter time period (e.g., the last 90 days) and a longer time period (e.g., the last 365 days) (e.g., each bin in the histogram corresponding to an average of activity data for a particular activity metric for a different day); (2) removing an oldest bin from the histogram; (3) adding a new bin to the histogram for the next day with a value corresponding to a value of activity data for a particular activity metric for a current day and the estimated increase (e.g., if the value for the current day is 10 and the estimated increase is 1 (e.g., 10% of the value for the current day), the value for the new bin would be 11 instead of 10); and (4) repeating 2 and 3 until the corresponding activity metric transitions to a neutral or positive trend.
  • a shorter time period e.g., the last 90 days
  • a longer time period e.g.
  • coaching indications are modified based on a recent trend within the last 90 days, such as the last 15 days.
  • the recent trend is determined using the Mann-Kendall (MK) test to look at pairs of data in a given data set to identify whether a monotonic trend is present.
  • MK Mann-Kendall
  • FIG. 6E depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when some activity metrics have a positive trend and other activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • FIG. 6E depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E includes positive trend portion 632 and negative trend portion 638, each with an overall coaching indication for the respective portion (e.g., overall coaching indication 634 and overall coaching indication 640).
  • overall coaching indication 634 for positive trend portion 632 includes the text“Keep it going” and overall coaching indication 640 for negative trend portion 638 includes the text“Make it happen”).
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E includes an insufficient data portion (not illustrated, but similar to insufficient data portion 614 in the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6C) for one or more activity metrics with an insufficient amount of corresponding data.
  • the insufficient data portion is below negative trend portion 638.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E includes positive trend portion 632 with representations for multiple activity metrics that have each been determined to be trending up or neutral (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is equal to or greater than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days).
  • positive trend portion 632 includes move representation 636.
  • Move representation 636 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user).
  • Move representation 636 includes identification information 636a indicating that it relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 636b indicating that the move activity metric has a positive trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“ L ” with a circle around it), and average value 636c indicating that the move activity metric has averaged 460 calories over the last 90 days (the“460 cal avg” text).
  • the move representation when in positive trend portion 632, does not include a comparison value indicating the difference between the average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the move activity metric over the last 365 days and/or a coaching indication while both such content is provided for activity metrics in negative trend portion 638.
  • a comparison value indicating the difference between the average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the move activity metric over the last 365 days and/or a coaching indication while both such content is provided for activity metrics in negative trend portion 638.
  • only providing the difference and/or the coaching indication in negative trend portion 638 allows a system to not push users into thinking they need to keep increasing their trend.
  • classifying equal as positive allows a system to not push users into thinking they need to keep increasing their trend.
  • representations of activity metrics in positive trend portion 632 depicted in FIG. 6E include exercise, move minutes, walking speed, workout intensity, and flights climbed. While each of the other examples of representations of activity metrics in positive trend portion 632 include similar content as move representation 636, it should be recognized that different representations sometimes have different units of measure.
  • an exercise activity representation as depicted in FIG. 6E, includes text indicating that exercise activity metric averaged 36 minutes per day for the last 90 days.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E includes negative trend portion 638 with representations for multiple activity metrics that are each associated with a different activity metric that has been determined to have a negative trend (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is less than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days).
  • negative trend portion 638 includes stand representation 642.
  • Stand representation 642 corresponds to activity data related to a stand activity metric (e.g., a number of hours per day where a user has determined to have stood for at least one hour).
  • Stand representation 642 includes identification information 642a indicating that it relates to the stand activity metric (the“stand” text), icon 642b indicating that the stand activity metric has a negative trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“V” with a circle around it), average value 642c indicating that the stand activity metric has averaged 10 hours per day over the last 90 days (the“10 hr avg” text), comparison value 642d indicating the difference between the average value for the stand activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the stand activity metric over the last 365 days (“-2”), and coaching indication 642e (the“Don’t forget to stand for one minute per hour throughout the day” text).
  • the other example of a representation in negative trend portion 638 depicted in FIG. 6E is walking distance representation 644.
  • Walking distance representation 644 includes similar content as stand representation 642, including its own coaching indication (644e).
  • each portion e.g., positive trend portion 632 and negative trend portion 638 maintains the order of representations as provided in instances discussed above.
  • a representation not included in one of the portions continues the order in another portion.
  • the order in FIG. 6D is move, exercise, stand, and move minutes and the order in positive trend portion 632 is move, exercise, and move minutes, with stand missing from positive trend portion 632 because move minutes did not have a positive trend.
  • stand is the first representation in negative trend portion 638.
  • one or more icons in positive trend portion 632 are animated (e.g., bounce in an upward direction) in response to displaying the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E.
  • one or more icons in negative trend portion 638 (e.g., 642b) (e.g., in some examples, all of the icons in negative trend portion 638, either sequentially or at the same time) are animated (e.g., bounce in a downward direction).
  • FIG. 6F depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
  • FIG. 6F depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received.
  • the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6F includes positive trend portion 646 and an overall coaching indication stating“You’re doing great!”
  • Positive trend portion 646 includes representations for multiple activity metrics that have each been determined to be neutral or positive (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is equal to or greater than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days).
  • positive trend portion 646 includes exercise representation 648 and fitness levels representation 650.
  • Exercise representation 648 corresponds to activity data related to an exercise activity metric (e.g., an amount of time for which a user has been detected exercising).
  • Fitness levels representation 650 corresponds to activity data related to a different exercise metric (e.g., a determined workout intensity for a user). It should be recognized that fitness levels representation 650 has not been displayed in other instances of 90-day trends user interface 612 described above. This is illustrating that some
  • representations might only be displayed when there is at least some activity data received for a respective activity metric or there is enough activity data received for the respective activity metric to identify a trend (e.g., 37 VO2 max avg). This allows for metrics that are often used to always show some representation (e.g., sometimes a null value) and other metrics that are not often used (or that require special equipment) to only show when either some activity data has been received or enough activity data has been received to provide a trend.
  • electronic device 600 receives user input 649
  • User input 649 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on exercise representation 648, causing a detailed activity metric user interface corresponding to exercise representation 648 to be displayed (e.g., detailed exercise user interface 652, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
  • a touch gesture such as a tap gesture on exercise representation 648
  • a detailed activity metric user interface corresponding to exercise representation 648 to be displayed (e.g., detailed exercise user interface 652, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
  • FIG. 6G depicts electronic device 600 displaying detailed exercise user interface 652.
  • detailed exercise user interface 652 is displayed in response to receiving user input (e.g., user input 649) corresponding to selection of exercise
  • one or more user inputs must be received before displaying detailed exercise user interface 652. It should be recognized that other detailed activity metric user interfaces can be displayed when other activity metric representations are selected, the other detailed activity metric user interfaces corresponding to whichever activity metric representation is selected.
  • Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes identification information 654, indicating the activity metric that detailed exercise user interface 652 corresponds.
  • identification information 654 states that detailed exercise user interface 652 corresponds to an exercise activity metric.
  • Summary portion 656 includes textual representation 656a indicating whether the exercise activity metric is trending down (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is less than an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be“trending down,” as illustrated), trending up (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is more than an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be“trending up”), or trending neutral (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is equal to an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be “staying consistent”).
  • trending down e.g., an average of the last 90 days is less than an average of the last 365 days
  • trending up e.g., an average of the last 90 days is more than an average of the last 365 days
  • trending neutral e.g., an average of the last 90 days is equal to an average of the last 365 days
  • Summary portion 656 includes icon 656b indicating that the exercise activity metric has a positive trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“ L ” with a circle around it).
  • Summary portion 656 includes average value 656c indicating that the exercise activity metric has averaged 36 minutes per day over the last 90 days (the“36 min avg” text).
  • Summary portion 656 includes difference indicator 656d indicating a difference between an average of the last 90 days and an average of the last 365 days (“+3”).
  • Summary portion 656 includes summary information 656e with a textual equivalent of icon 656b.
  • Summary portion 656 includes coaching indication 656f indicating a suggestion for the exercise activity metric going forward. As depicted in FIG. 6G, coaching indication 656f states“Keep it going, John!,” reflecting that the exercise activity metric is trending upward. It should be recognized that summary portion 656 can include a subset of what was described above (e.g., summary portion 656 might not include textual representation 656a).
  • Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes weekly representation 658 to visually represent activity data for the exercise activity metric over the last 365 days.
  • weekly representation 658 is a bar graph with x-axis corresponding to time (e.g., weeks over the last 365 days) and y-axis corresponding to an average value for the exercise activity metric over either the last 90 days or the last 365 days.
  • weekly representation 658 is divided into weeks using a bar for each week (e.g., 52 bars).
  • the x-axis of weekly representation 658 is labeled by month and the range of the y-axis is from 0 to a maximum average value over the last 365 days (e.g., 40, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
  • bars associated with time periods within the last 90 days are visually distinguished (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from bars associated with time periods within the last 365 days.
  • the bars associated with the last 90 days are green while the bars associated with the last 365 days are gray.
  • weekly representation 658 includes an additional indication to separate representations corresponding to the last 90 days and representations corresponding to the last 365 days but not the last 90 days. For example, in FIG. 6G, vertical line 658c is inserted separating the two groups of bars.
  • Weekly representation 658 includes 90-day average representation 658a and 365- day average representation 658b, where 90-day average indication 658a indicates an average for the last 90 days and 365-day average representation 658b indicates an average for the last 365 days (including the last 90 days).
  • each of 90-day average representation 658a and 365-day average representation 658b is a visually distinct line at a vertical location corresponding to a value of the corresponding average (e.g., because the average for the last 90 days is greater than the average for the last 365 days, 90-day average representation 658a is arranged at a vertical location higher than 365-day average
  • 90-day average representation 658a includes an indication regarding whether the average for the last 90 days is equal to or greater than the average for the last 365 days. For example, as depicted in FIG. 6G, 90-day average representation 658a includes“ L ,” indicating that the average for the last 90 days is equal to or greater than the average for the last 365 days. Similarly, if the average for the last 90 days is lower than the average for the last 365 days, 90-day average representation 658a can include “V.”
  • Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes daily averages representation 660 to compare activity data for the exercise activity metric for particular days of a week over the last 90 days and the last 365 days.
  • daily averages representation 660 includes a visual representation for comparing the activity data (e.g., a bar graph with x-axis corresponding to different days of the week and y-axis corresponding to an average value for the exercise activity metric over the last 90 days and the last 365 days).
  • the range of the y-axis is from 0 to a maximum average value over the last 365 days (e.g., 40, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
  • bars associated with time periods corresponding to the last 90 days are visually distinguished (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from bars associated with time periods corresponding to the last 365 days.
  • the bars corresponding to the last 90 days are green while the bars corresponding to the last 365 days are gray.
  • bars associated with time periods (e.g., days within a week or hours within a day) within the last 90 days are paired (e.g., adjacent with no intervening representations) with bars associated with corresponding time periods within the last 365 days (e.g., a bar associated with Mondays within the last 90 days is paired with a bar associated with Mondays within the last 365 days.
  • Daily averages representation 660 includes textual representations (e.g., 660a and 660b) to correspond to the visual representation.
  • daily averages representation 660 includes a table under the visual representation, with numbers corresponding to the bar graph, such as 32 and 38 being located such as to appear to corresponding to the Monday section of the bar graph.
  • numbers corresponding to the last 90 days are on a first line of the table and numbers corresponding to the last 365 days are on a second line, under the first line.
  • numbers corresponding to the last 90 days are visually distinct (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from numbers corresponding to the last 365 days.
  • the numbers for the last 90 days are green while the numbers for the last 365 days are gray.
  • some detailed activity metric user interfaces might not include a daily averages representation, such as detailed activity metric user interfaces corresponding to an action not often performed every day (e.g., running speed).
  • an action related to exercising can, instead of a daily averages representation, include a representation to compare activity data for an activity metric for a particular time period (other than days of a week) over the last 90 days and the last 365 days, such as hour, week, or month.
  • Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes exercise rings closed representation 662 to compare an activity metric associated with but different from the exercise activity metric.
  • exercise rings closed representation 662 relates to exercise rings closed, which is an activity metric corresponding to a predefined or user-defined threshold of an amount of exercise per day.
  • exercise rings closed is associated with the exercise activity metric because an exercise ring closes based on the exercise activity metric exceeding a threshold in a given day.
  • Exercise rings closed representation 662 includes 90 days representation 662a and 365 days representation 662b.
  • 90 days representation 662a includes a textual representation of a number of days out of the last 90 days that a user closed their exercise rings (e.g.,“79/90 Days”) and a percentage for the number of days out of the last 90 days (e.g.,“88%).
  • 365 days representation 662b includes a textual representation of a number of days out of the last 365 days that a user closed their exercise rings (e.g.,“284/365 Days”) and a percentage for the number of days out of the last 365 days (e.g.,“77%).
  • 90 days representation 662a is visually distinguished from 365 days representation 662b (e.g., 90 days representation 662a is green and 365 days representation 662b is gray).
  • FIG. 6H depicts electronic device 664 displaying ready-to-user user interface 670 via display device 668 when activity trends (e.g., such as depicted in FIG. 6D) are ready to be viewed on a second device (e.g., electronic device 600).
  • electronic device 664 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, 500, or 600.
  • ready-to-user user interface 670 includes positive trend portion 674, with display of multiple representations for different activity metrics (e.g., move representation or exercise representation). As depicted in FIG.
  • each representation includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g.,“Move”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“ L ”), and a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days (e.g.,“460 cal avg”).
  • an activity metric corresponding to the representation e.g.,“Move”
  • an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days e.g., icon with“ L ”
  • a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days e.g.,“460 cal avg”.
  • all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. It should be recognized that this is just an example and other combinations of all negative trends or
  • FIG. 61 depicts electronic device 664 displaying mid-month-update user interface 678 via display device 668 when activity trends (e.g., such as depicted in FIG. 6D) are available to be viewed on a second device (e.g., electronic device 600).
  • activity trends e.g., such as depicted in FIG. 6D
  • second device e.g., electronic device 600
  • mid-month-update user interface 678 is pushed to be displayed via display device 668 (e.g., from electronic device 600) once per a particular time period (e.g., a month).
  • a particular time period e.g., a month
  • mid-month-update user interface 678 includes positive trend portion 682 and negative trend portion 684, each with display of multiple representations for different activity metrics (e.g., move representation or exercise representation).
  • each representation in positive trend portion 682 includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g.,“Move”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“ L ”), and a value corresponding to the comparison (e.g.,
  • each representation in negative trend portion 684 includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g., “Move minutes”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“V”), a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days (e.g.,“30 min avg”), and a difference between the summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days and a summary of the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., (“-4”).
  • an activity metric corresponding to the representation e.g., “Move minutes”
  • an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days e.g., icon with“V”
  • a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days e.g.,“30 min av
  • FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating method 700 for presenting activity trends (e.g., organizing activity metrics by trends (e.g., upwards/down wards) over time) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 700 relates to displaying a user interface (e.g., 90-day trend home page) with trend representation(s), each representation corresponding to a different activity metric, where placement of a trend representation is based on whether the trend representation is determined to currently be a first classification (e.g., no change or positive) or a second classification (e.g., negative).
  • Method 700 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device.
  • Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • method 700 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months).
  • a first activity metric e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)
  • a first time period e.g., 3 months.
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year) different from the first period of time.
  • the devices receives a request (e.g., 607 or 611) to display a first user interface (e.g., 612) (e.g., user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics).
  • a request e.g., 607 or 611
  • a first user interface e.g., 612
  • user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics.
  • the device in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface.
  • the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the first time period reflects no change or a positive change relative to the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the second time period), displaying a representation (e.g., 636) (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the first activity metric in a first portion (e.g., 626) of the first user interface.
  • a relationship e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison
  • the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type (e.g., the activity data for the first time period reflects a negative change relative to the activity data for the second time period) (e.g., negative), displaying the representation (e.g., 642) (e.g., up arrow or down arrow) of the first activity metric in a second portion (e.g., 636) of the first user interface different from the first portion (in some examples, representations determined to be of the first type are visually grouped within the user interface to be separate from representations determined to be of the second type).
  • a second type e.g., the activity data for the first time period reflects a negative change relative to the activity data for the second time period
  • displaying the representation e.g., 642 (e.g., up arrow or down arrow) of the first activity
  • Dynamically placing a representation of an activity metric (e.g., in a first portion or a second portion of a user interface) based on a relationship between activity data associated with the activity metric over different time periods provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of the activity metric and data stored on a device. For example, such placement allows a user to quickly identify activity metrics for which the user has a negative trend recently.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type when an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is equal to or greater than an activity value (e.g., the same activity value determined for the first time period) determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type when the activity value determined for the activity data
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes a visual indication (e.g., a graphical indication (up or down arrow); a textual indication)) (e.g., 636b) of whether the relationship is the first type or the second type.
  • a visual indication e.g., a graphical indication (up or down arrow); a textual indication)
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the first portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a first time point (e.g., immediately on display, 0.5 seconds after display) after initially displaying the first user interface (e.g., automatically upon display of the first user interface).
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the second portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a second time point (e.g., 1 second, a time point selected to be after the completion of the animation based on the first time point) after initially displaying the first user interface that is after the first time point.
  • a second time point e.g., 1 second, a time point selected to be after the completion of the animation based on the first time point
  • Animating visual indications associated with activity metrics
  • visual indications associated with a first portion of a user interface are animated after visual indications associated with a second portion of the user interface (thereby highlighting such visual indications associated with the first behavior) provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of the activity metrics. For example, animating in such a way allows a user to quickly identify activity metrics for which the user has a negative trend recently.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a first set of data insufficiency criteria (e.g., data is not available for the first time period and/or the second time period) that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a first metric type (e.g., a metric that is infrequently provided for a percentage of users; a metric that is not directly measured by one or more sensors of the electronic device) and a criterion that is met when the first the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below a data sufficiency threshold (e.g., data for the first and/or second time period does not exist or exists, but does not meet a threshold amount requirement), forgoing display of the first activity metric is a first metric type (e.g., a metric that is infrequently provided for a percentage of users; a metric that is not directly measured by one or more sensors of the electronic device) and
  • representation of the first activity metric in the first user interface (e.g., in the first portion and the second portion) (e.g., irrespective of a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type).
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a second set of data insufficiency criteria (e.g., data is not available for the first time period and/or the second time period) that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a second metric type (e.g., a metric that is frequently provided for a percentage of users; a metric that is directly measured by one or more sensors of the electronic device) and a criterion that is met when the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below the data sufficiency threshold (e.g., data for the first and/or second time period does not exist or exists, but does not meet a threshold amount requirement), displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion (e.g., 618 or in a position in 612 as depicted in FIG.
  • a second set of data insufficiency criteria e.g., data is not available for the first time
  • an indication e.g., a graphical indication, a textual indication
  • the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is insufficient (e.g., irrespective of a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type).
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion of the user interface includes displaying an indication of a predicted length of time remaining for the first activity data corresponding to the first activity metric to meet the data sufficiency threshold (e.g., 616) (in some examples, the predicted length of time is based on an assumption that a sufficient amount of activity data for the second activity metric will be received for the length of time). Indicating a predicted length of time needed to display a particular activity metric provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device and an indication regarding how the user needs to use the device in the future to be provided particular metrics.
  • the data sufficiency threshold e.g., 616
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the first time period is a first predetermined period of time (e.g., the previous 90 days) prior to the current time (e.g., selected based on the current time (e.g., current day/date)).
  • the second time period is a second predetermined period of time (e.g., the previous 365 days) prior to the current time that is different from the first predetermined time period.
  • displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion (e.g., 642) of the first user interface includes displaying a first coaching indication (e.g., 642e) (e.g.,“Let’s get to walking 1 more mile per day”) including a prediction corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the second type (e.g., negative) to being of the first type (e.g., even or positive trend) while maintaining a future level (e.g., a predicted future level) of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric.
  • a first coaching indication e.g., 642e
  • a prediction corresponding to when e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the second type (e.g., negative) to being of the first type (e.g.
  • displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface includes forgoing display of the first coaching indication (in some examples, the representation displayed in the first portion includes a second coaching indication (e.g., “keep it up!”), different than the first coaching indication).
  • a second coaching indication e.g., “keep it up!”
  • Selectively providing a prediction regarding a user’s activity level assists the user in performing a technical task of providing additional activity data, thereby providing the user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the electronic device includes a sensor device (e.g., an accelerometer, a GPS, a heart rate monitor).
  • a sensor device e.g., an accelerometer, a GPS, a heart rate monitor.
  • corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received (e.g., detected) via the sensor device.
  • the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device).
  • a second electronic device e.g., an external electronic device.
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to a third activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for the first time period (e.g., 3 months).
  • a third activity metric e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)
  • the first time period e.g., 3 months
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period (e.g., 1 year).
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the first type (e.g., no change or positive), displaying a representation (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the third activity metric in the first portion of the first user interface.
  • a relationship e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison
  • displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the second type (e.g., negative), displaying a
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes an indication in a first unit of measurement (e.g., calories, steps).
  • the representation of the third activity metric includes an indication in a second unit of measurement (e.g., minutes, miles) that is different than the first unit of measurement.
  • the first time period (e.g., preceding 90 days) is a subset of the second time period (e.g., preceding 365 days).
  • the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period includes a comparison of an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period with an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is selected from a group consisting of one or more of: a number of calories burned, an amount of time for which a user has been detected exercising, a number of hours for which a user has been detected to be standing for at least one minute, an amount of time for which a user has moved, an amount of time for which a user has stood, a walking speed, an identified fitness level for a given time for a user, a number of flights of stairs climbed, a distanced walked, and a determined workout intensity for a user.
  • the device displays a user interface with all positive (e.g., FIG. 6G) or all negative trends (e.g., FIG. 6D), where a user interface with all positive trends is different from a user interface with all negative trends and a user interface with a mix of positive and negative trends (e.g., FIG. 6E), and where a user interface with all negative trends is different from a user interface with a mix of positive and negative trends.
  • the order of trend representations is consistent between different views (e.g., all positive, all negative, or different combinations of mixes of positives and negatives). For example, in FIG. 6D, it can be seen that the order is move, exercise, stand, move minutes, and walk speed.
  • the device displays a user interface with 10 different trends: move, exercise, stand, move minutes, stand minutes, walk speed, fitness levels, flights climbed, walking distance, and workout intensity.
  • negative trends include coaching information while positive trends do not include coaching information (e.g., 636 and 642).
  • methods 800 and 900 optionally includes one or more of the
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating method 800 for presenting activity trends (e.g., comparing an activity metric over two different lengths of time) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 800 relates to displaying a user interface (e.g., detailed page) with activity metric representations for a particular activity metric, comparing a first amount of time (e.g., 90 days) with a second amount of time (e.g., 365 days).
  • Method 800 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device.
  • Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • method 800 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months).
  • a first activity metric e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)
  • a first time period e.g., 3 months
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year), wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period (e.g., the second time period includes the first time period).
  • the activity data is detected by a sensor of the electronic device.
  • the device includes a sensor device (e.g., an accelerometer, a GPS, a heart rate monitor) and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received (e.g., detected) via the sensor device.
  • the activity data is received from a second electronic device.
  • the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device).
  • the device receives a request to display a first user interface (e.g., user interface with details for a specific activity metric) (e.g., 649).
  • a first user interface e.g., user interface with details for a specific activity metric
  • the device in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface (e.g., 652).
  • the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., bars in 658 that are right of 658c) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) (in some examples, the representation is a bar graph showing user activity data for the particular activity metric on each day within the first time period) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period.
  • the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., bars in 658 that are left of 658c) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) (in some examples, the representation is a bar graph showing user activity data for the particular activity metric on each day within the second time period) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • a representation e.g., bars in 658 that are left of 658c
  • the representation is a bar graph showing user activity data for the particular activity metric on each day within the second time period of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is visually distinct (e.g., includes a visual
  • the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., 656a, 656b, 656d, 656e, 658a) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) of a comparison (e.g., a mathematical comparison) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • a representation e.g., 656a, 656b, 656d, 656e, 658a
  • a comparison e.g., a mathematical comparison
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying an indication (e.g., 658a) (e.g., a textual or graphical indication) for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period.
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying an indication (e.g., 658b) (e.g., a textual or graphical indication) for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
  • the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is divided into a first number of representations (e.g., a number of representations corresponding to a unit (e.g., days) of the time period).
  • the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is divided into a second number of representations different from the first number of representations.
  • the representation of the comparison indicates a difference between the activity data (e.g., a difference between an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the first and second time periods for the activity data) corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period (in some examples, the representation of the comparison indicates a difference only when the activity data for the first time period is less than the activity data for the second time period).
  • an activity value e.g., average, slope of a linear fit
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying a plurality of first-time-period representations for the first time period (e.g., empty bars in 660) (e.g., bars in a graph for each day of the week corresponding to 90 day period), wherein: a first first-time-period representation (e.g., Monday bar for 90 day period) corresponds to a length of time (e.g., a day), a second first-time-period representation (e.g., Tuesday bar for 90 day period) corresponds to the length of time, the first first-time-period representation corresponds to a third time period (e.g., each Monday within the 90 day period) within the first time period, and the second first-time-period representation corresponds to a fourth time period (e.g., each Tuesday within the 90 day period) within the first time period.
  • a first first-time-period representation e.g., Monday bar for 90 day period
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying a plurality of second- time-period representations for the second time period (e.g., bars with diagonal lines in 660) (e.g., bars in a graph for each day of the week corresponding to 365 day period), wherein: a first second-time-period representation (e.g., Monday bar for 365 day period) corresponds to the length of time, a second second-time-period representation (e.g., Tuesday bar for 365 day period) corresponds to the length of time, the first second-time-period representation corresponds to a fifth time period (e.g., each Monday within the 365 day period)within the second time period, the second second-time-period representation corresponds to a sixth time period (e.g., each Tuesday within the 365 day period) within the second time period, the third time period corresponds to the fifth time period (e.g., both are Mondays within their respective time periods), the fourth time period
  • the representation is visually paired with (e.g., displayed adjacent to (e.g., without any other intervening representations)) the first second-time-period representation, and the second first- time-period representation is visually paired with the second second-time-period
  • Visually depicting a user’s activity over time using a comparison of two different time periods provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device and information regarding how the user uses the device over time.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying a representation (e.g., 662a) of a percentage of time periods of a particular length (e.g., a day) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric (e.g., calories burned) for the first time period for which (e.g., during which) the first activity metric met a threshold activity level (e.g., 500 calories/day)
  • the user interface includes a percentage of days during a 90 day period in which the value of a activity metric (e.g., calories burned) met a threshold value (e.g., 85% of the days logged a calories burned metric of greater than 500 calories).
  • Linking an activity metric with a particular threshold and tracking a user’s past ability to meet the threshold provides a user with visual feedback about how the user uses the device.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying an icon (e.g., 656b) indicating whether a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the first time period reflects no change or a positive change relative to the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the second time period) or a second type (e.g., the activity data for the first time period reflects a negative change relative to the activity data for the second time period).
  • a relationship e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison
  • methods 700 and 900 optionally includes one or more of the
  • selection of a back affordance in the first user interface described in method 900 can cause display of the first user interface described in method 700.
  • one or more coaching indications described in method 900 can be included in the first user interface described in method 800. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating method 900 for presenting activity trends (e.g., providing different coaching depending on relationship between data of time periods; coaching includes a prediction of when relationship will change, if certain activity level is maintained) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 900 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device.
  • Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • method 900 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months).
  • a first activity metric e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)
  • a first time period e.g., 3 months
  • the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year), different than the first period of time.
  • a second time period e.g. 1 year
  • the device receives a request (e.g., 607, 611, 649) to display a first user interface (e.g., 612, 652) (e.g., user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics or user interface with details for a specific activity metric).
  • a request e.g., 607, 611, 649
  • a first user interface e.g., 612, 652
  • user interface e.g., user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics or user interface with details for a specific activity metric.
  • the device in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation (e.g., 642, or 656) (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the first activity metric.
  • a representation e.g., 642, or 656
  • a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., negative trend for which can be remedied within 1 day), displaying a first coaching indication (e.g., 628e) (e.g.,“Don’t forget to stand for one minute per hour throughout the day”) including a prediction (e.g.,“the day” the 628) corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type (e.g., even or positive trend), different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric.
  • a relationship e.g.,
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type (e.g., negative trend for which can be remedied more than a week but within 1 month) different from the first type, a second coaching indication (e.g., 624e) (e.g.,“Try to move around for 10 extra minutes”) that does not include a prediction corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
  • a second coaching indication e.g., 624e
  • Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on classifying the user’s activity provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the first type requires that the relationship between the activity data (e.g., relationship between an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the second time period)) corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is negative (e.g., the average value for the first time period is 50 calories burned/day and the average value for the second time period is 75 calories burned/day with a difference in the values being -25 calories burned/day)).
  • the activity data e.g., relationship between an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the second time period
  • the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is negative (e.g., the average value for the first time period is 50 calories burned/
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes: while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type (this in accordance means that the trend is negative): in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a subset of the first time period (e.g., the last 7 days in a 90 day period) is a fourth type (e.g., recently positive), displaying a third coaching indication (e.g.,“You have been improving lately, but let’s get to walking 1 more mile per day to reach your yearly average”; a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication); and in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the subset of the first time period
  • Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on a user provides a user with visual feedback about a recent state of activity data stored on a device.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the representation of the first activity metric includes: while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type: in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds a first time threshold (e.g., >1 day) and is less than a second time threshold (e.g., ⁇ 7 days), displaying a fifth coaching indication (e.g., a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication); and in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds the second time threshold (e.g., >7 days), displaying a sixth coaching indication (e.g., a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication) that is different from the fifth coaching indication.
  • a first time threshold e.g., >1 day
  • a second time threshold e.g., ⁇ 7 days
  • a fifth coaching indication e.g., a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication
  • a sixth coaching indication e.g.
  • Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on a link of time predicted for the activity data to be similar to the past provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device.
  • Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when
  • the device while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type (this in accordance means that the trend is negative): in accordance with a determination that the prediction is a first classification (e.g., requiring a level of activity that exceeds threshold (e.g., an unreasonably high requirement)), displaying a fifth coaching indication (e.g.,“Do better”) without a prediction corresponding to when the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period will be of the second type (e.g., even or positive trend) while maintaining the future level of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric.
  • a first classification e.g., requiring a level of activity that exceeds threshold (e.g., an unreasonably high requirement)
  • displaying a fifth coaching indication
  • the prediction is determined by: removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period, removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period, and until the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type, adding predicted data to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period, and adding the old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period (in some examples, trend reverses in 1 day, which only requires taking the last actual 89/364 days of data and adding one predicted day).
  • methods 700 and 800 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 900.
  • FIGS. 10A-10N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing workouts, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A-l IB.
  • FIG. 10A depicts electronic device 1000 displaying watch face user interface 1004 via display device 1002.
  • Electronic device 1000 includes various input mechanisms that receive user input, such as rotatable input mechanism 1001, which is able to receive a rotatable input (and, in some examples, can also receive a push input).
  • electronic device 1000 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, or 500.
  • Watch face user interface 604 includes workout affordance 1006 for initiating a workout application (e.g., an application to track workouts performed by a user associated with electronic device 1000).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1007 corresponding to selection of workout affordance 1006.
  • User input 1007 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on workout affordance 1006, causing the workout application to be initiated (e.g., display of a user interface of the workout application, such as workout platter user interface 1008 as depicted in FIG. 10B).
  • FIG. 10B depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002.
  • Workout platter user interface 1008 includes scrollable list of affordances 1010, which are each associated with a respective physical activity tracking function for a physical activity.
  • scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes walk affordance 1012a, which corresponds to a physical activity tracking function for an outdoor walk.
  • scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes additional affordances corresponding to other physical activity tracking functions that are not currently displayed but can be displayed in response to a scrolling input (e.g., rotation of rotational mechanism 1001).
  • scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes more workouts affordance, which will be described in further detail below (see at least FIG. 10F).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1013
  • User input 1013 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on walk affordance 1012a, causing a physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a to be launched (e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a (e.g., walk user interface 1014 as depicted in FIG. IOC).
  • a touch gesture such as a tap gesture on walk affordance 1012a
  • a physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a (e.g., walk user interface 1014 as depicted in FIG. IOC).
  • FIG. IOC depicts electronic device 1000 displaying walk user interface 1014 via display device 1002.
  • Walk user interface 1014 displays a set of tracked metrics (e.g., “00:01.40,”“0 active cal,”“70 BPM,”“15 ⁇ 1” average mile,” and“0 ft”) (which are tracked by the physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a.
  • tracked metrics e.g., “00:01.40,”“0 active cal,”“70 BPM,”“15 ⁇ 1” average mile,” and“0 ft”
  • tracking of the set of tracked metrics is performed by one or more tracking sensors of electronic device 1000.
  • electronic device 1000 tracks physical activity via tracking sensors (or workout sensors) that communicate with workout support module 142 (as depicted in FIG. 3).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1015
  • FIG. 10D depicts electronic device 1000 displaying control user interface 1016 via display device 1002.
  • device 1000 displays control interface 1016 in response to a user input (e.g., user input 1015) while displaying walk user interface 1014.
  • Control user interface 1016 includes affordances to control various functionalities of the workout application.
  • control user interface 1016 includes end workout affordance 1018 (configured to, when selected, end a currently running workout).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1019 corresponding to selection of end workout affordance 1018.
  • User input 1018 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1018, causing the currently running workout (associated with outdoor walk) to end and workout platter user interface 1008 to be displayed, as depicted in FIG. 10E.
  • FIG. 10E depicts electronic device 1000 displaying, once again, workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 and performing a scrolling operation.
  • rotational input 1021 is received at rotatable input mechanism 1001.
  • scrollable list of affordances 1010 is scrolled in an upward direction such that more workouts affordance 1022 are displayed.
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1023
  • User input 1023 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on more workouts affordance 1022, causing a user interface with a list of available workouts to be displayed (e.g., workout list user interface 1024 as depicted in 10G).
  • FIG. 10G depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout list user interface 1024 via display device 1002.
  • workout list user interface 1024 includes a scrollable list of affordances with popular portion 1026 (as depicted in FIG. 10G) and alphabetical portion 1021 (as depicted in FIG. 10H).
  • popular portion 1026 includes multiple workout affordances, each workout affordance determined to be most relevant (e.g., popular among users, most frequently used by a user associated with electronic device 1000, etc.).
  • the multiple workout affordances in popular portion 1026 includes dance affordance 1028.
  • Selection of a particular workout affordance of the multiple workout affordances causes (1) a workout affordance corresponding to the particular workout affordance to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 such that the workout affordance can be selected in the future when a user navigates to workout platter user interface 1008 and/or (2) a physical activity tracking function corresponding to the workout affordance to be launched.
  • alphabetical portion 1021 includes a list of workout affordances in alphabetical order, including AUS football affordance 1030 (e.g., an affordance corresponding to function for tracking activity associated with Australian rules football). It should be recognized that the list of workout affordances can be ordered in a different manner. Similar to popular portion 1026, selection of a particular workout affordance in the list of workout affordances causes (1) a workout affordance corresponding to the particular workout affordance to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 such that the workout affordance can be selected in the future when a user navigates to workout platter user interface 1008 and/or (2) a physical activity tracking function corresponding to the workout affordance to be launched.
  • AUS football affordance 1030 e.g., an affordance corresponding to function for tracking activity associated with Australian rules football.
  • FIG. 10F depicts electronic device 1000 receiving rotational input 1029 at rotatable input mechanism 1001.
  • the scrollable list of affordances of workout list user interface 1024 is scrolled in an upward direction such that more workout affordances are displayed (e.g., other workout affordances in popular portion 1026 (not depicted) or workout affordances in alphabetical portion 1021 (as depicted in FIG. 10H)).
  • FIG. 10H depicts electronic device 1000 receiving user input 1031 corresponding to selection of AUS football affordance 1030.
  • User input 1031 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on AUS football affordance 1030, causing a workout affordance corresponding to AUS football affordance 1030 to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., AUS football affordance 1034 as depicted in FIG. 101).
  • FIGS. 10I-10K depict user interfaces involved in beginning and ending a workout.
  • FIG. 101 depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002.
  • Workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 101 includes AUS football affordance 1034, showing that workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 101 is in a state after AUS football affordance 1034 has been added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., after FIG. 10H) (see FIG. 10F, which does not include AUS football affordance 1034).
  • AUS football affordance 1034 corresponds to a physical activity tracking function for Australian football.
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1035
  • User input 1035 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on AUS football affordance 1034, causing a physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 to be launched (e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 (e.g., AUS football user interface 1036 as depicted in FIG. 10J).
  • a touch gesture such as a tap gesture on AUS football affordance 1034
  • a physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 (e.g., AUS football user interface 1036 as depicted in FIG. 10J).
  • FIG. 10J depicts electronic device 1000 displaying AUS football interface 1036 via display device 1002.
  • AUS football interface 1036 displays a set of tracked metrics (e.g., “00:01.29,”“0 active cal,”“0 total cal,” and BPM”) (which are tracked by the physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034).
  • tracking of the set of tracked metrics is performed by one or more tracking sensors of electronic device 1000.
  • electronic device 1000 tracks physical activity via tracking sensors (or workout sensors) that communicate with workout support module 142 (as depicted in FIG. 3).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1037
  • User input 1037 can include a touch gesture, causing a control user interface of the workout application to be displayed (e.g., control user interface 1038 as depicted in FIG. 10K).
  • FIG. 10K depicts electronic device 1000 displaying control user interface 1038 via display device 1002.
  • Control user interface 1038 includes affordances to control various functionalities of the workout application.
  • control user interface 1038 includes end workout affordance 1040 (configured to, when selected, end a currently running workout).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1041 corresponding to selection of end workout affordance 1040.
  • User input 1041 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1040, causing the currently running workout (associated with Australian football) to end and workout platter user interface 1008 to be displayed, as depicted in FIG. 10L.
  • FIG. 10L depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002.
  • Workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 10L includes AUS football affordance 1034, showing that workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 10L is in a state after AUS football affordance 1034 has been added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., after FIG. 10H) (see FIG. 10F, which does not include AUS football affordance 1034).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1043
  • User input 1043 can include a touch gesture, causing (1) AUS football affordance 1034to move to the left and (2) delete affordance 1044 to be displayed in a position that was at least partially previously occupied by AUS football affordance 1034 prior to moving (as depicted in FIG. 10M).
  • FIG. 10M depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 with AUS football affordance 1034 moved to the left and delete affordance 1044 displayed in a location that was at least partially covered up by AUS football affordance 1034 prior to being moved to the left.
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1045 corresponding to selection of delete affordance 1040.
  • User input 1041 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1044, causing AUS football affordance 1034 to be removed from workout platter user interface 1008 (as depicted in FIG. 10N) until AUS football affordance 1034 is added again using the process described in FIGS. 10F-10H.
  • FIG. 10N depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 without AUS football affordance 1034.
  • FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating method 1100 for managing workouts (e.g., more-workouts option for workout platters, allowing user to view a list of workouts to add to workout platters) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1100 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664, 1000) with a display device.
  • Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • method 1100 provides an intuitive way for managing workouts.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing workouts, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the device displays, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIGS. 10B, 10E, and 10F) including a first set of affordances (e.g., 1012a, 1012b) (e.g., workout platters) associated with physical activity tracking functions (in some examples, different affordances in a plurality of the scrollable list of affordances correspond to different physical activities), wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance (e.g., 1012a) associated with a first physical activity tracking function.
  • a first user interface e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIGS. 10B, 10E, and 10F
  • a first set of affordances e.g., 1012a, 1012b
  • physical activity tracking functions in some examples, different affordances in a plurality of the scrollable list of affordances correspond to different physical activities
  • the first set of affordances includes a first affordance (e.
  • the device while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, the device receives a user input (e.g., 1013) (e.g., a tap in the user interface).
  • a user input e.g., 1013
  • a tap in the user interface e.g., a tap in the user interface
  • the device launches (e.g., activating, starting) the first physical activity tracking function (e.g., 1014) (e.g., running).
  • the first physical activity tracking function e.g., 1014
  • the device in further response to receiving the user input, in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance (e.g., 1022) (e.g., more- workouts option) in the first set of affordances, the device displays a second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more-workouts interface) that includes a third affordance (e.g., 1030) associated with a second physical activity tracking function (e.g., walking option).
  • a second affordance e.g., 1022
  • the device displays a second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more-workouts interface) that includes a third affordance (e.g., 1030) associated with a second physical activity tracking function (e.g., walking option).
  • the device receives a set of one or more inputs (e.g., 1031), the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance.
  • a set of one or more inputs e.g., 1031
  • the device displays a second instance (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIG. 101) of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance (e.g., 1034) associated with the second physical activity tracking function (e.g., an affordance that, when selected, launches the second physical activity tracking function), and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance (e.g., any affordance) associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
  • the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance (e.g., 1034) associated with the second physical activity tracking function (e.g., an affordance that, when selected, launches the second physical activity tracking function)
  • the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance (e.g., any affordance) associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
  • Updating a list of physical activity tracking functions shown to a user on an initial user interface provides the user with more control of the device by helping the user avoid unintentionally executing physical activity tracking functions and simultaneously reducing the number of steps that a user must take to reach desired physical activity tracking functions.
  • Providing additional control of the device without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the first set of affordances includes a fifth affordance (e.g., 1012b) associated with a third physical activity tracking function (e.g., golfing option) different from the first physical activity tracking function and the second physical activity tracking function.
  • a fifth affordance e.g., 1012b
  • a third physical activity tracking function e.g., golfing option
  • the input corresponding to selection of the third affordance causes the second instance of the first user interface to be displayed (in some examples, the input corresponding to selection of the third affordance is the terminal input (e.g., the only input) in the set of one or more inputs).
  • the second instance of the first user interface includes the second affordance.
  • the device receives an input (e.g., 1031)
  • the device in response to receiving the input corresponding to selection of the second affordance within the second instance of the first user interface, the device displays a second instance of the second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more- workouts interface) that does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
  • a second instance of the second user interface e.g., 1024
  • the device displays a second instance of the second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more- workouts interface) that does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
  • the device while displaying the second instance of the first user interface, receives a second set of one or more inputs, the second set of one or more inputs including an input (e.g., 1043) corresponding to the fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function (e.g., an affordance corresponding to an activity tracking function that was previously added to the user interface) (e.g., a set of inputs corresponding to a request to remove the fourth affordance from the first user interface).
  • an input e.g., 1043
  • the fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function e.g., an affordance corresponding to an activity tracking function that was previously added to the user interface
  • a set of inputs corresponding to a request to remove the fourth affordance from the first user interface e.g., a set of inputs corresponding to a request to remove the fourth affordance from the first user interface.
  • the device in response to receiving the second set of one or more inputs, displays a third instance of the first user interface (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIG. 10N), wherein the third instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function. Allowing a user to quickly and efficiently remove physical activity tracking functions from a list of physical activity tracking functions provides the user with more control of the device by helping the user avoid unintentionally executing physical activity tracking functions and simultaneously reducing the number of steps that a user must take to reach desired physical activity tracking functions.
  • a third instance of the first user interface e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIG. 10N
  • Providing additional control of the device without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • receiving the second set of one or more inputs includes:
  • a swipe gesture e.g., 1043
  • a tap gesture e.g., 1045
  • a delete affordance e.g., 1044
  • FIGS. 12A-12F illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying awards, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 12A depicts electronic device 1000 displaying activity application user interface 1204 via display device 1002.
  • Activity application user interface 1204 includes activity affordance 1206, friends affordance 1208, and awards affordance 1210.
  • Each of these affordances are configured, when selected, to cause electronic device 1000 to display a user interface corresponding to the respective affordance.
  • activity affordance 1206 corresponds to a user interface for displaying information related to activity of a user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12B).
  • Friends affordance 1208 corresponds to a user interface for managing friends (e.g., users for which are sending data to and/or receiving data from the user associated with electronic device (e.g., sharing)) of the user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12C).
  • Awards affordance 1210 corresponds to a user interface for displaying awards of the user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12D).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1207 corresponding to selection of activity affordance 1206.
  • User input 1207 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on activity affordance 1206, causing a user interface associated with activity affordance 1206 to be displayed (e.g., activity user interface 1212).
  • FIG. 12B depicts electronic device 1000 displaying activity user interface 1212 via display device 1002.
  • Activity user interface 1212 includes information related to activity of a user associated with electronic device 1000 (e.g., three rings, which each ring representing an amount of a different activity metric that the user has completed during a current day).
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1213 corresponding to a swipe gesture.
  • User input 1213 can include a touch gesture, causing a user interface for managing friends to be displayed (e.g., friends user interface 1216 as depicted in FIG. 12C).
  • FIG. 12C depicts electronic device 1000 displaying friends user interface 1216 via display device 1002.
  • Friends user interface 1212 includes multiple affordances, each affordance corresponding to a user for which the user associated with electronic device 1000 is sharing with.
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1217 corresponding to a swipe gesture.
  • User input 1217 can include a touch gesture, causing a user interface for displaying awards to be displayed (e.g., awards user interface 1218 as depicted in FIG. 12D).
  • the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12C is determined to be the same direction as the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12B. In such examples, if a swipe gesture on friends user interface 1216 is determined to be the opposite direction as the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12B, the swipe gesture causes activity user interface 1212 to be displayed.
  • FIG. 12D depicts electronic device 1000 displaying awards user interface 1218 via display device 1002.
  • Awards user interface 1212 includes multiple sections (e.g., 1220a- 1220d), each section including one or more representations of awards corresponding to the respective section.
  • recent section 1220a includes one or more representations of awards that were recently received by the user of electronic device 1000 (e.g.,
  • March challenge section 1220b includes one or more representations of awards that are associated with a March challenge (e.g.,
  • a representation of an award can include one or more visual attributes indicating that the award have been awarded to the user of electronic device 1000.
  • representation 1222a can be a first set of one or more colors while representation 1222b can be a second set of one or more colors, the first set of one or more colors indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1222a has been awarded to the user and the second set of one or more colors indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1222b has not been awarded to the user.
  • electronic device 1000 receives user input 1223 corresponding to selection of representation 1222b.
  • User input 1223 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on representation 1222b, causing a user interface associated with representation 1222b to be displayed (e.g., 1224 or 1228).
  • FIG. 12E depicts electronic device 1000 displaying non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 via display device 1002.
  • Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 corresponds to representation 1222b based on user input 1223 corresponding to selection of representation 1222b.
  • Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 includes a representation of representation 1222b (e.g., representation 1226). In some examples, representation 1226 is larger than representation 1222b (not illustrated).
  • Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 includes text indicating how the user can earn an award corresponding to representation 1226 (“Earn this award by exercising 1000 minutes this month”).
  • FIG. 12F depicts electronic device 1000 displaying awarded detailed user interface 1228 via display device 1002.
  • a representation corresponding to the award can change.
  • FIG. 12F depicts representation 1230, which corresponds to representation 1226 except that the appearance of representation 1230 is different from representation 1226.
  • the different appearance corresponds to representation 1226 being a first set of one or more colors and representation 1230 being a second set of one or more colors different from the first set of one or more colors, the difference indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1230 has been awarded and an award corresponding to representation 1226 has not been awarded.
  • this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person.
  • personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user’s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
  • the present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users.
  • the personal information data can be used to track activity and view details related to the activity.
  • personal information data enables improved tracking of activity and improved viewing of details related to the activity.
  • other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure.
  • health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user’s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
  • the present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices.
  • such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure.
  • Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes.
  • Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations.
  • HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
  • the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data.
  • the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to“opt in” or“opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter.
  • users can select not to provide activity data for targeted activity services.
  • users can select to limit the length of time activity data is maintained or entirely prohibit the development of trend data.
  • the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
  • personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed.
  • data de-identification can be used to protect a user’s privacy. De identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods.
  • the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, activity can be tracked and details related to the activity viewed by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the activity services, or publicly available information.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Biodiversity & Conservation Biology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure generally relates to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for presenting activity trends and managing workouts.

Description

ACTIVITY TRENDS AND WORKOUTS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/844,063, entitled“ACTIVITY TRENDS AND WORKOUTS,” filed on May 6, 2019; and Denmark Patent Application No. PA 2019 70532, entitled“ACTIVITY TRENDS AND WORKOUTS,” filed August 27, 2019, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for presenting activity trends and managing workouts.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Users rely on portable multifunction devices for a variety of operations, including tracking activity. Such users may want to easily track the activity and view details related to the activity.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0004] Some techniques for presenting activity trends and managing workouts using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
[0005] Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for presenting activity trends and managing workouts. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for presenting activity trends and managing workouts. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery- operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. [0006] In some examples, a method is provided for execution at an electronic device including a display device. The method comprises receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period, and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time. The method further comprises receiving a request to display a first user interface. The method further comprises, in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
[0007] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
[0008] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
[0009] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
[0010] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
[0011] In some examples, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
[0012] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
[0013] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display is provided. In some examples, the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data
corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time; means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, means for displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, means for displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
[0014] In some examples, a method performed method at an electronic device including a display device is provided. In some examples, the method comprises: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0015] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
[0016] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
[0017] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
[0018] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0019] In some examples, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0020] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0021] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display device is provided. In some examples, the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period; means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0022] In some examples, a method to be performed at an electronic device including a display device is provided. In some examples, the method comprises: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
[0023] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
[0024] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
[0025] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
[0026] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
[0027] In some examples, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type. [0028] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
[0029] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising a display device is provided. In some examples, the electronic device includes: means for receiving: activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time; means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type. [0030] In some examples, a method performed at an electronic device including a display device is provided. The method comprises: displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
[0031] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method described above.
[0032] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. In some examples, the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method discussed above.
[0033] In some examples, an electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method discussed above.
[0034] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
[0035] In some examples, a transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device is provided. The one or more programs include instructions for:
displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
[0036] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising: a display device; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors is provided. The one or more programs include instructions for:
displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
[0037] In some examples, an electronic device, comprising a display device is provided. The electronic device further comprises: means displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function; while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, means for receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, means for launching the first physical activity tracking function; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, means for displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function; means for receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, means for displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
[0038] Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0039] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for presenting activity trends and managing workouts, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces can complement or replace other methods for presenting activity trends and managing workouts.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0040] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
[0041] FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0042] FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0043] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0044] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. [0045] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0046] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some
embodiments.
[0047] FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0048] FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0049] FIG. 6A depicts an electronic device displaying a home user interface via a display device.
[0050] FIG. 6B depicts an electronic device displaying an information user interface for an activity application.
[0051] FIG. 6C depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when an insufficient amount of data to identify a trend has been received for multiple activity metrics.
[0052] FIG. 6D depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when all activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
[0053] FIG. 6E depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when some activity metrics have a positive trend and other activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
[0054] FIG. 6F depicts an electronic device displaying an instance of a 90-day trends user interface via a display device when all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days.
[0055] FIG. 6G depicts an electronic device displaying a detailed exercise user interface. [0056] FIG. 6H depicts an electronic device displaying a ready-to-user user interface via a display device when activity trends are ready to be viewed on a second device.
[0057] FIG. 61 depicts an electronic device displaying a mid-month-update user interface via a display device when activity trends are available to be viewed on a second device.
[0058] FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0059] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0060] FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for presenting activity trends using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0061] FIG. 10A depicts an electronic device displaying a watch face user interface via a display device.
[0062] FIG. 10B depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
[0063] FIG. IOC depicts an electronic device displaying a walk user interface via a display device.
[0064] FIG. 10D depicts an electronic device displaying a control user interface via a display device.
[0065] FIG. 10E depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device 1002 and performing a scrolling operation.
[0066] FIG. 10F depicts an electronic device receiving user input corresponding to selection of a more workouts affordance.
[0067] FIG. 10G depicts an electronic device displaying a workout list user interface via a display device.
[0068] FIG. 10H depicts an electronic device receiving user input corresponding to selection of an AUS football affordance. [0069] FIG. 101 depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
[0070] FIG. 10J depicts an electronic device displaying an AUS football interface via a display device 1002.
[0071] FIG. 10K depicts an electronic device displaying a control user interface via a display device.
[0072] FIG. 10L depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device.
[0073] FIG. 10M depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device with an AUS football affordance moved to the left and a delete affordance displayed in a location that was at least partially covered up by the AUS football affordance prior to being moved to the left.
[0074] FIG. 10N depicts an electronic device displaying a workout platter user interface via a display device without an AUS football affordance.
[0075] FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating methods of organizing workouts in accordance with some embodiments.
[0076] FIG. 12A depicts an electronic device displaying an activity application user interface via a display device 1002.
[0077] FIG. 12B depicts an electronic device displaying an activity user interface via a display device.
[0078] FIG. 12C depicts an electronic device displaying a friends user interface via a display device.
[0079] FIG. 12D depicts an electronic device displaying an awards user interface via a display device.
[0080] FIG. 12E depicts an electronic device displaying a non-awarded detailed user interface via a display device. [0081] FIG. 12F depicts an electronic device displaying an awarded detailed user interface via a display device.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0082] The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.
[0083] There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for presenting activity trends and managing workouts. Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5 A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications. FIGS. 6A-6I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for presenting activity trends. The user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6I are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7A-7B, 8A-8B, and 9. FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of presenting activity trends in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of presenting activity trends in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of presenting activity trends in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 10A-10N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing workouts. The user interfaces in FIGS. 10A-10N are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A-l IB. FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating methods of organizing workouts in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 12A-12F illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying awards.
[0084] Although the following description uses terms“first,”“second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
[0085] The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,”“an,” and“the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms“includes,” “including,”“comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0086] The term“if’ is, optionally, construed to mean“when” or“upon” or“in response to determining” or“in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase“if it is determined” or“if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean“upon determining” or“in response to determining” or“upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or“in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
[0087] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad).
[0088] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
[0089] The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
[0090] The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch- sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
[0091] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch- sensitive displays. FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch- sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a“touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a“touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch- sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
[0092] As used in the specification and claims, the term“intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure- sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch- sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch- sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
[0093] As used in the specification and claims, the term“tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch- sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an“down click” or“up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as“roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an“up click,” a“down click,”“roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
[0094] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
[0095] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.
[0096] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. [0097] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.1 lb, IEEE 802.1 lg, IEEE 802.1 In, and/or IEEE 802.1 lac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
[0098] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0099] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controlled s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).
[0100] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549,“Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
[0101] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed“graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
[0102] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user
corresponds to a finger of the user.
[0103] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
[0104] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et ah), 6,570,557 (Westerman et ah), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
[0105] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313,“Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264,“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/038,590,“Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No.
11/228,758,“Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,700,“Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. Patent Application No.
11/228,737,“Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed
September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/367,749,“Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0106] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus- based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0107] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some
embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
[0108] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. [0109] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106.
Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
[0110] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175.
FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user’s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. [0111] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0112] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG. 1 A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/240,788,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/620,702,“Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”;
11/586,862,“Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and 11/638,251,“Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
[0113] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG. 1 A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
[0114] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG. 1 A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S.
Patent Publication No. 20060017692,“Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
[0115] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude. [0116] Operating system 126 (e g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS,
WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
[0117] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
[0118] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch’Vmultiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
[0119] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has“clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse“click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click“intensity” parameter).
[0120] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
[0121] Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term“graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0122] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156. [0123] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
[0124] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0125] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location- based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0126] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of
instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
• Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
• Telephone module 138;
• Video conference module 139;
• E-mail client module 140;
• Instant messaging (IM) module 141;
• Workout support module 142;
• Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
• Image management module 144;
• Video player module;
• Music player module;
Browser module 147; Calendar module 148;
• Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
• Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
• Search module 151;
• Video and music player module 152, which merges video player module and music player module;
• Notes module 153;
• Map module 154; and/or
• Online video module 155.
[0127] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
[0128] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference module 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
[0129] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
[0130] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0131] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.
[0132] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or
Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein,“instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). [0133] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals);
communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.
[0134] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s)
164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
[0135] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0136] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
[0137] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
[0138] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a
JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
[0139] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
[0140] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
[0141] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0142] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
[0143] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
[0144] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562,“Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 11/968,067,“Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0145] Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
[0146] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced. [0147] The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
[0148] FIG. IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).
[0149] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
[0150] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
[0151] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch- sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
[0152] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
[0153] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
[0154] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
[0155] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0156] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. [0157] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
[0158] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
[0159] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.
Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
[0160] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.
[0161] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some
embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
[0162] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
[0163] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187- 2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch- sensitive display 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190. [0164] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0165] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
[0166] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0167] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0168] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0169] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
[0170] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some
embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch- sensitive display.
[0171] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
[0172] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. [0173] FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100.
In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
[0174] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.
[0175] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100. [0176] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A).
Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1 A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0177] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above- identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
[0178] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100.
[0179] FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;
• Time 404;
• Bluetooth indicator 405;
• Battery status indicator 406;
• Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: o Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled“Phone,” which optionally
includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;
o Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled“Mail,” which optionally
includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails;
o Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled“Browser;” and
o Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled“iPod;” and
• Icons for other applications, such as: o Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled“Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled“Calendar;”
o Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled“Photos;”
o Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled“Camera;”
o Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled“Online Video;”
o Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled“Stocks;”
o Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled“Maps;”
o Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled“Weather;”
o Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled“Clock;”
o Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled“Workout Support;” o Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled“Notes;” and
o Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled“Settings,” which
provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.
[0180] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled“Music” or“Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some
embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
[0181] FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
[0182] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are
combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch- sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch- sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0183] Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0184] FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1 A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500. [0185] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No.
PCT/US2013/040061, titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed November 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0186] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.
[0187] FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1 A,
IB, and 3. Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples EO section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. EO section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, EO section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
[0188] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to EO section 514. [0189] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700,
800, 900, and 1100 (FIGS. 7A, 7B, 8A, 8B, 9, 11 A, and 11B). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
[0190] As used here, the term“affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1 A, 3, and 5A-5B). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance.
[0191] As used herein, the term“focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1 A or touch screen 112 in FIG. 4 A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these
implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
[0192] As used in the specification and claims, the term“characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A
characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
[0193] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
[0194] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch- sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0195] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0196] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a“down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
[0197] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed“jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0198] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. [0199] As used herein, the terms“open application” or“executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internal state 192). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
• an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;
• a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and
• a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.
[0200] As used herein, the term“closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application.
[0201] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.
[0202] FIGS. 6A-6I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for presenting activity trends, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7A, 7B, 8A, 8B, and 9.
[0203] FIG. 6A depicts electronic device 600 displaying home user interface 604 via display device 602. In some examples, electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, or 500. Home user interface 604 includes multiple affordances, each affordance for initiating a different application. For example, the multiple affordances include activity affordance 606 for initiating an activity application (e.g., an application corresponding to physical activity performed by a user associated with electronic device 600).
[0204] As depicted in FIG. 6A, electronic device 600 receives user input 607
corresponding to selection of activity affordance 606. User input 607 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on activity affordance 606, causing the activity application to be initiated (e.g., display of a user interface of the activity application, such as information user interface 608 (depicted in FIG. 6B) or 90-day trends user interface 612 (depicted in FIGS. 6C-6F).
[0205] FIG. 6B depicts electronic device 600 displaying information user interface 608 for an activity application (e.g., the activity application discussed above for FIG. 6A).
Information user interface 608 is an example of a first user interface displayed when initiating the activity application. In some examples, information user interface 608 is displayed at an initial time that a user navigates to the activity application after content to implement activity trends (e.g., techniques described in methods 700, 800, or 900) has been received by electronic device 600 (e.g., after an update or after an installation of the activity application at a time after the content has been added to the activity application).
[0206] In some examples, information user interface 608 is displayed in response to receiving user input (e.g., user input 607) corresponding to selection of an activity affordance (e.g., activity affordance 606). It should be recognized that other user interfaces (e.g., 90-day trends user interface 612, as depicted in FIG. 6C) can be displayed when initiating the activity application, such as when information user interface 608 has been previously dismissed. In some examples, one or more user inputs must be received before displaying information user interface 608 and/or 90-day trends user interface 612.
[0207] Information user interface 608 provides information related to how activity trends in the activity application work. For example, FIG. 6B depicts information user interface 608 including text that states“Closing your rings everyday will create trends with your activity data. See your comparison of the past 90 days with the past year.”
[0208] Information user interface 608 includes continue affordance 610. Selection of continue affordance 610 dismisses information user interface 608 and causes a different user interface to be displayed (e.g., 90-day trends user interface 612, as depicted in FIG. 6C). As depicted in FIG. 6B, electronic device 600 receives user input 611 corresponding to selection of continue affordance 610. User input 611 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on continue affordance 610.
[0209] FIG. 6C depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when an insufficient amount of data to identify a trend has been received for multiple activity metrics. As used herein, a trend corresponds to a comparison of data within a first time period (e.g., 90 days) and data within a second time period (e.g., 365 days), where the first time period is included within the second time period. In some examples, a trend can be identified with less than a full time period. For example, instead of requiring 365 days of activity data for an activity metric, a trend for the activity metric can be identified when there is at least 180 days of activity data for the activity data, where (1) the remaining days without activity data are ignored when identifying the trend and (2) the shorter of the two time periods is potentially shortened to maintain a similar percentage between the two percentages (e.g., when 180 days is received, the shorter of the two time periods can be 45). As shown, FIG. 6C is a user interface shown after four days of activity is received for a user associated with electronic device 600. For clarity of the examples discussed herein, a table is provided below to provide examples of different trend classifications for different scenarios.
[0210] The instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6C includes insufficient data portion 614 with header portion 616 and representations for multiple activity metrics, such as move representation 618. Header portion 616 includes a predicted amount of time before a sufficient amount of data will have been received. For example, header portion 616 includes text stating:“Ready in: 26 days.” Such text indicates that it is estimated that the activity application will have enough data to present activity trends via 90-day trends user interface 612 in 26 days. The estimate can be calculated based on forecasting that sufficient information will be received each day for the next 26 days, satisfying an amount of activity data to provide activity trends after the 26 days. Header portion 616 includes information regarding why it will take 26 days to be ready (e.g.,“It takes 30 days of activity to start your trends.”).
[0211] As indicated above, insufficient data portion 614 includes move representation 618. Move representation 618 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user). Move representation 618 includes identification information 618a indicating that move representation 618 relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 618b indicating that there is insufficient activity data received for the move activity metric to determine an activity trend for the move activity metric (the with a circle around it), placeholder information 618c indicating an average value for move representation 618 is unavailable (the cal avg” text), and description 618d (the“this trend measures the active calories you burn” text). Other examples of
representations for activity metrics depicted in FIG. 6C include exercise, stand, and move minutes. Each of the other examples of representations include similar content as move representation 618.
[0212] FIG. 6D depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when all activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. It should be recognized that trends might be over different times from 90 days and 365 days (such as more or less than 90 days and/or more or less than 365 days). In some examples, the trends are based on rolling time periods. In some examples, a rolling time period means that, as a new day is added to a time period, an oldest day in the time period is removed. For example, a rolling time period of 90 days means that at day 90 the rolling time period equals day 1 to day 90 and at day 91 the rolling time period equals day 2 to day 91.
[0213] FIG. 6D depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received. For example, the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6D can be displayed 26 days after the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6C is displayed. In some examples, activity trends (e.g., move representation 624) in 90-day trends user interface 612 are refreshed daily such that activity trends are updated each day . The instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6D includes negative trend portion 620 with overall coaching portion 622 and representations for multiple activity metrics, including move representation 624.
[0214] Overall coaching portion 622 includes text providing a summary of the included activity metrics. For example, overall coaching portion 622 includes text stating:“Your trends need some attention. You’ve got this, John!”
[0215] The representations for multiple activity metrics included in negative trend portion 620 each are associated with a different activity metric that has been determined to have a negative trend (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is less than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days). For example, negative trend portion 620 includes move representation 624. Move representation 624 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user). Move representation 624 includes identification information 624a indicating that it relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 624b indicating that the move activity metric is trending down (the“V” with a circle around it), average value 624c indicating an average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days (the“400 cal avg” text), comparison value 624d indicating the difference between the average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the move activity metric over the last 365 days (“-60”), and coaching indication 624e (the“Try to move around for 10 extra minutes” text). Other examples of representations depicted in FIG. 6D include exercise, stand, and move minutes. Each of the other examples of presentations include similar content as move representation 618, including their own coaching indication (e.g., 626e, 628e, and 630e).
[0216] In some examples, coaching indications are only provided to representations corresponding to activity metrics with a negative trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. In such examples, coaching indications include a prediction for when a negative trend will transition to a neutral or positive trend.
[0217] In some examples, coaching indications are modified based on an amount of time it would take for an average of the corresponding activity metric to transition to a neutral or positive trend when forecasting an estimated increase (e.g., 10% per day). In some examples, the estimated increase can be capped based on a threshold for the corresponding activity metric (e.g., an estimated increase for standing cannot cause a stand goal of greater than 14 hours). In some examples, the amount of time affects how the coaching indications are modified. For example: when the amount of time is less than a week, a coaching indication includes a prediction with the amount of time; when the amount of time is more than a week and less than two weeks, a coaching indication includes a prediction with the amount of time rounded to a single week; when the amount of time is more than two weeks, a coaching indication does not include a prediction of time. In some examples, different activity metrics use a different estimated increase.
[0218] In some examples, forecasting includes simulating the estimated increase by: (1) forming a histogram associated with activity data for each of a shorter time period (e.g., the last 90 days) and a longer time period (e.g., the last 365 days) (e.g., each bin in the histogram corresponding to an average of activity data for a particular activity metric for a different day); (2) removing an oldest bin from the histogram; (3) adding a new bin to the histogram for the next day with a value corresponding to a value of activity data for a particular activity metric for a current day and the estimated increase (e.g., if the value for the current day is 10 and the estimated increase is 1 (e.g., 10% of the value for the current day), the value for the new bin would be 11 instead of 10); and (4) repeating 2 and 3 until the corresponding activity metric transitions to a neutral or positive trend. In some examples, when repeating 3, the estimated increase can be the same for each additional day (e.g., based on example above, if the estimated increase is 1 and a value for a previous day is 11, the value for a current day would be 12), become zero after the first day (e.g., based on example above, if the estimated increase becomes 9 after the first day and a value for a previous day is 11, the value for a current day would be 11 instead of continuing to increase to 12), or change each day based on some function (e.g., f(x)=l/x).
[0219] In some examples, coaching indications are modified based on a recent trend within the last 90 days, such as the last 15 days. In one example, the recent trend is determined using the Mann-Kendall (MK) test to look at pairs of data in a given data set to identify whether a monotonic trend is present. [0220] For clarity of the examples discussed above, a table is provided below to provide examples of different coaching indications for different scenarios with a description of why the coaching indication is what it is.
[0221] FIG. 6E depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when some activity metrics have a positive trend and other activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. FIG. 6E depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received. The instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E includes positive trend portion 632 and negative trend portion 638, each with an overall coaching indication for the respective portion (e.g., overall coaching indication 634 and overall coaching indication 640). In one example, overall coaching indication 634 for positive trend portion 632 includes the text“Keep it going” and overall coaching indication 640 for negative trend portion 638 includes the text“Make it happen”). In some examples, the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E (or any instances of 90- day trends user interface 612) includes an insufficient data portion (not illustrated, but similar to insufficient data portion 614 in the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6C) for one or more activity metrics with an insufficient amount of corresponding data. In one example, the insufficient data portion is below negative trend portion 638.
[0222] As mentioned above, the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E includes positive trend portion 632 with representations for multiple activity metrics that have each been determined to be trending up or neutral (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is equal to or greater than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days). For example, positive trend portion 632 includes move representation 636. Move representation 636 corresponds to activity data related to a move activity metric (e.g., an amount of movement that is determined for a user). Move representation 636 includes identification information 636a indicating that it relates to the move activity metric (the“move” text), icon 636b indicating that the move activity metric has a positive trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“L” with a circle around it), and average value 636c indicating that the move activity metric has averaged 460 calories over the last 90 days (the“460 cal avg” text).
[0223] It should be recognized that the move representation, when in positive trend portion 632, does not include a comparison value indicating the difference between the average value for the move activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the move activity metric over the last 365 days and/or a coaching indication while both such content is provided for activity metrics in negative trend portion 638. In some examples, only providing the difference and/or the coaching indication in negative trend portion 638 allows a system to not push users into thinking they need to keep increasing their trend. Similarly, classifying equal as positive, allows a system to not push users into thinking they need to keep increasing their trend.
[0224] Other examples of representations of activity metrics in positive trend portion 632 depicted in FIG. 6E include exercise, move minutes, walking speed, workout intensity, and flights climbed. While each of the other examples of representations of activity metrics in positive trend portion 632 include similar content as move representation 636, it should be recognized that different representations sometimes have different units of measure. For example, an exercise activity representation, as depicted in FIG. 6E, includes text indicating that exercise activity metric averaged 36 minutes per day for the last 90 days.
[0225] As mentioned above, the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E includes negative trend portion 638 with representations for multiple activity metrics that are each associated with a different activity metric that has been determined to have a negative trend (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is less than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days). For example, negative trend portion 638 includes stand representation 642. Stand representation 642 corresponds to activity data related to a stand activity metric (e.g., a number of hours per day where a user has determined to have stood for at least one hour). Stand representation 642 includes identification information 642a indicating that it relates to the stand activity metric (the“stand” text), icon 642b indicating that the stand activity metric has a negative trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“V” with a circle around it), average value 642c indicating that the stand activity metric has averaged 10 hours per day over the last 90 days (the“10 hr avg” text), comparison value 642d indicating the difference between the average value for the stand activity metric over the last 90 days and an average value for the stand activity metric over the last 365 days (“-2”), and coaching indication 642e (the“Don’t forget to stand for one minute per hour throughout the day” text). The other example of a representation in negative trend portion 638 depicted in FIG. 6E is walking distance representation 644. Walking distance representation 644 includes similar content as stand representation 642, including its own coaching indication (644e).
[0226] It should be recognized that the order within each portion (e.g., positive trend portion 632 and negative trend portion 638) maintains the order of representations as provided in instances discussed above. A representation not included in one of the portions continues the order in another portion. For example, the order in FIG. 6D is move, exercise, stand, and move minutes and the order in positive trend portion 632 is move, exercise, and move minutes, with stand missing from positive trend portion 632 because move minutes did not have a positive trend. In FIG. 6D, it can be seen that stand is the first representation in negative trend portion 638.
[0227] In some examples, one or more icons in positive trend portion 632 (e.g., 636b) (e.g., in some examples, all of the icons in positive trend portion 632, either sequentially or at the same time) are animated (e.g., bounce in an upward direction) in response to displaying the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6E. After a time threshold (e.g., zero or more; in some examples, non-zero) after animating the one or more icons in positive trend portion 632 has passed, one or more icons in negative trend portion 638 (e.g., 642b) (e.g., in some examples, all of the icons in negative trend portion 638, either sequentially or at the same time) are animated (e.g., bounce in a downward direction). By animating icons associated with negative trend portion 638 after animating icons associated with positive trend portion 632, the instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E can draw emphasis to representations in negative trend portion 638.
[0228] FIG. 6F depicts electronic device 600 displaying an instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 via display device 602 when all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. FIG. 6F depicts 90-day trends user interface 612 at least 30 days after at least 30 days of activity data is received. The instance of 90-day trends user interface 612 depicted in FIG. 6F includes positive trend portion 646 and an overall coaching indication stating“You’re doing great!”
[0229] Positive trend portion 646 includes representations for multiple activity metrics that have each been determined to be neutral or positive (e.g., an average of an activity metric for the past 90 days is equal to or greater than an average of the activity metric for the past 365 days). For example, positive trend portion 646 includes exercise representation 648 and fitness levels representation 650. Exercise representation 648 corresponds to activity data related to an exercise activity metric (e.g., an amount of time for which a user has been detected exercising). Fitness levels representation 650 corresponds to activity data related to a different exercise metric (e.g., a determined workout intensity for a user). It should be recognized that fitness levels representation 650 has not been displayed in other instances of 90-day trends user interface 612 described above. This is illustrating that some
representations might only be displayed when there is at least some activity data received for a respective activity metric or there is enough activity data received for the respective activity metric to identify a trend (e.g., 37 VO2 max avg). This allows for metrics that are often used to always show some representation (e.g., sometimes a null value) and other metrics that are not often used (or that require special equipment) to only show when either some activity data has been received or enough activity data has been received to provide a trend.
[0230] As depicted in FIG. 6F, electronic device 600 receives user input 649
corresponding to selection of exercise representation 648. User input 649 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on exercise representation 648, causing a detailed activity metric user interface corresponding to exercise representation 648 to be displayed (e.g., detailed exercise user interface 652, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
[0231] FIG. 6G depicts electronic device 600 displaying detailed exercise user interface 652. In some examples, detailed exercise user interface 652 is displayed in response to receiving user input (e.g., user input 649) corresponding to selection of exercise
representation 648. In some examples, one or more user inputs must be received before displaying detailed exercise user interface 652. It should be recognized that other detailed activity metric user interfaces can be displayed when other activity metric representations are selected, the other detailed activity metric user interfaces corresponding to whichever activity metric representation is selected.
[0232] Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes identification information 654, indicating the activity metric that detailed exercise user interface 652 corresponds. For example, identification information 654 states that detailed exercise user interface 652 corresponds to an exercise activity metric.
[0233] Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes summary portion 656. Summary portion 656 includes textual representation 656a indicating whether the exercise activity metric is trending down (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is less than an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be“trending down,” as illustrated), trending up (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is more than an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be“trending up”), or trending neutral (e.g., an average of the last 90 days is equal to an average of the last 365 days) (where textual representation would be “staying consistent”). It should be recognized that trending neutral and trending up can be grouped together such that a system does not distinguish between the two, and instead uses the trending up for when the trend is up or neutral. Summary portion 656 includes icon 656b indicating that the exercise activity metric has a positive trend over the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days (the“L” with a circle around it). Summary portion 656 includes average value 656c indicating that the exercise activity metric has averaged 36 minutes per day over the last 90 days (the“36 min avg” text). Summary portion 656 includes difference indicator 656d indicating a difference between an average of the last 90 days and an average of the last 365 days (“+3”). Summary portion 656 includes summary information 656e with a textual equivalent of icon 656b. Summary portion 656 includes coaching indication 656f indicating a suggestion for the exercise activity metric going forward. As depicted in FIG. 6G, coaching indication 656f states“Keep it going, John!,” reflecting that the exercise activity metric is trending upward. It should be recognized that summary portion 656 can include a subset of what was described above (e.g., summary portion 656 might not include textual representation 656a).
[0234] Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes weekly representation 658 to visually represent activity data for the exercise activity metric over the last 365 days. In some examples, such as depicted in FIG. 6G, weekly representation 658 is a bar graph with x-axis corresponding to time (e.g., weeks over the last 365 days) and y-axis corresponding to an average value for the exercise activity metric over either the last 90 days or the last 365 days. In such examples, weekly representation 658 is divided into weeks using a bar for each week (e.g., 52 bars). In some examples, the x-axis of weekly representation 658 is labeled by month and the range of the y-axis is from 0 to a maximum average value over the last 365 days (e.g., 40, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
[0235] As depicted in FIG. 6G in weekly representation 658, bars associated with time periods within the last 90 days are visually distinguished (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from bars associated with time periods within the last 365 days. In one example, the bars associated with the last 90 days are green while the bars associated with the last 365 days are gray. When a week does not have any corresponding activity data, a bar is not displayed for the week (e.g., 51 bars will be displayed instead of 52). In some examples, weekly representation 658 includes an additional indication to separate representations corresponding to the last 90 days and representations corresponding to the last 365 days but not the last 90 days. For example, in FIG. 6G, vertical line 658c is inserted separating the two groups of bars. [0236] Weekly representation 658 includes 90-day average representation 658a and 365- day average representation 658b, where 90-day average indication 658a indicates an average for the last 90 days and 365-day average representation 658b indicates an average for the last 365 days (including the last 90 days). As depicted in FIG. 6G, each of 90-day average representation 658a and 365-day average representation 658b is a visually distinct line at a vertical location corresponding to a value of the corresponding average (e.g., because the average for the last 90 days is greater than the average for the last 365 days, 90-day average representation 658a is arranged at a vertical location higher than 365-day average
representation 658b). In some examples, 90-day average representation 658a includes an indication regarding whether the average for the last 90 days is equal to or greater than the average for the last 365 days. For example, as depicted in FIG. 6G, 90-day average representation 658a includes“L,” indicating that the average for the last 90 days is equal to or greater than the average for the last 365 days. Similarly, if the average for the last 90 days is lower than the average for the last 365 days, 90-day average representation 658a can include “V.”
[0237] Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes daily averages representation 660 to compare activity data for the exercise activity metric for particular days of a week over the last 90 days and the last 365 days. In some examples, such as depicted in FIG. 6G, daily averages representation 660 includes a visual representation for comparing the activity data (e.g., a bar graph with x-axis corresponding to different days of the week and y-axis corresponding to an average value for the exercise activity metric over the last 90 days and the last 365 days). In such examples, the range of the y-axis is from 0 to a maximum average value over the last 365 days (e.g., 40, as depicted in FIG. 6G).
[0238] As depicted in FIG. 6G in daily averages representation 660, bars associated with time periods corresponding to the last 90 days are visually distinguished (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from bars associated with time periods corresponding to the last 365 days. In one example, the bars corresponding to the last 90 days are green while the bars corresponding to the last 365 days are gray. As depicted in FIG. 6G in weekly representation 658, bars associated with time periods (e.g., days within a week or hours within a day) within the last 90 days are paired (e.g., adjacent with no intervening representations) with bars associated with corresponding time periods within the last 365 days (e.g., a bar associated with Mondays within the last 90 days is paired with a bar associated with Mondays within the last 365 days.
[0239] Daily averages representation 660 includes textual representations (e.g., 660a and 660b) to correspond to the visual representation. For example, as depicted in FIG. 6A, daily averages representation 660 includes a table under the visual representation, with numbers corresponding to the bar graph, such as 32 and 38 being located such as to appear to corresponding to the Monday section of the bar graph. In some examples, numbers corresponding to the last 90 days are on a first line of the table and numbers corresponding to the last 365 days are on a second line, under the first line. In some examples, numbers corresponding to the last 90 days are visually distinct (e.g., different patterns or different colors) from numbers corresponding to the last 365 days. In one example, the numbers for the last 90 days are green while the numbers for the last 365 days are gray.
[0240] It should be recognized that some detailed activity metric user interfaces might not include a daily averages representation, such as detailed activity metric user interfaces corresponding to an action not often performed every day (e.g., running speed). For example, an action related to exercising can, instead of a daily averages representation, include a representation to compare activity data for an activity metric for a particular time period (other than days of a week) over the last 90 days and the last 365 days, such as hour, week, or month.
[0241] Detailed exercise user interface 652 includes exercise rings closed representation 662 to compare an activity metric associated with but different from the exercise activity metric. For example, exercise rings closed representation 662 relates to exercise rings closed, which is an activity metric corresponding to a predefined or user-defined threshold of an amount of exercise per day. In one example, exercise rings closed is associated with the exercise activity metric because an exercise ring closes based on the exercise activity metric exceeding a threshold in a given day.
[0242] Exercise rings closed representation 662 includes 90 days representation 662a and 365 days representation 662b. 90 days representation 662a includes a textual representation of a number of days out of the last 90 days that a user closed their exercise rings (e.g.,“79/90 Days”) and a percentage for the number of days out of the last 90 days (e.g.,“88%). 365 days representation 662b includes a textual representation of a number of days out of the last 365 days that a user closed their exercise rings (e.g.,“284/365 Days”) and a percentage for the number of days out of the last 365 days (e.g.,“77%). In some examples, 90 days representation 662a is visually distinguished from 365 days representation 662b (e.g., 90 days representation 662a is green and 365 days representation 662b is gray).
[0243] FIG. 6H depicts electronic device 664 displaying ready-to-user user interface 670 via display device 668 when activity trends (e.g., such as depicted in FIG. 6D) are ready to be viewed on a second device (e.g., electronic device 600). In some examples, electronic device 664 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, 500, or 600. In some examples, ready-to-user user interface 670 includes positive trend portion 674, with display of multiple representations for different activity metrics (e.g., move representation or exercise representation). As depicted in FIG. 6H, each representation includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g.,“Move”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“L”), and a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days (e.g.,“460 cal avg”). In ready-to-user user interface 670 as depicted in FIG. 6H, all activity metrics have a positive trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. It should be recognized that this is just an example and other combinations of all negative trends or a mix of some positive trends and some negative trends are possible.
[0244] FIG. 61 depicts electronic device 664 displaying mid-month-update user interface 678 via display device 668 when activity trends (e.g., such as depicted in FIG. 6D) are available to be viewed on a second device (e.g., electronic device 600). In some examples, mid-month-update user interface 678 is pushed to be displayed via display device 668 (e.g., from electronic device 600) once per a particular time period (e.g., a month). However, it should be recognized that mid-month-update user interface 678 can be caused to be displayed at a different rate.
[0245] In some examples, mid-month-update user interface 678 includes positive trend portion 682 and negative trend portion 684, each with display of multiple representations for different activity metrics (e.g., move representation or exercise representation). As depicted in FIG. 61, each representation in positive trend portion 682 includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g.,“Move”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“L”), and a value corresponding to the comparison (e.g.,
“460 cal avg”). As depicted in FIG. 61, each representation in negative trend portion 684 includes an identification of an activity metric corresponding to the representation (e.g., “Move minutes”), an icon corresponding to a comparison of the activity metric for the last 90 days as compared to the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., icon with“V”), a value corresponding to a summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days (e.g.,“30 min avg”), and a difference between the summary of the activity metric for the last 90 days and a summary of the activity metric for the last 365 days (e.g., (“-4”).
[0246] In mid-month-update user interface 678 as depicted in FIG. 61, some activity metrics have a positive trend and other activity metrics have a negative trend within the last 90 days as compared to the last 365 days. It should be recognized that this is just an example and other combinations of all positive trends or all negative trends are possible.
[0247] FIGS. 7A-7B are a flow diagram illustrating method 700 for presenting activity trends (e.g., organizing activity metrics by trends (e.g., upwards/down wards) over time) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 700 relates to displaying a user interface (e.g., 90-day trend home page) with trend representation(s), each representation corresponding to a different activity metric, where placement of a trend representation is based on whether the trend representation is determined to currently be a first classification (e.g., no change or positive) or a second classification (e.g., negative). Method 700 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device. Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0248] As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to identify activity trends faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0249] At 702, the device (e.g., 600, 664) receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months). [0250] At 704, the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year) different from the first period of time.
[0251] At 706, the devices receives a request (e.g., 607 or 611) to display a first user interface (e.g., 612) (e.g., user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics).
[0252] At 708, the device, in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface.
[0253] At 710, the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the first time period reflects no change or a positive change relative to the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the second time period), displaying a representation (e.g., 636) (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the first activity metric in a first portion (e.g., 626) of the first user interface.
[0254] At 712, the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type (e.g., the activity data for the first time period reflects a negative change relative to the activity data for the second time period) (e.g., negative), displaying the representation (e.g., 642) (e.g., up arrow or down arrow) of the first activity metric in a second portion (e.g., 636) of the first user interface different from the first portion (in some examples, representations determined to be of the first type are visually grouped within the user interface to be separate from representations determined to be of the second type).
Dynamically placing a representation of an activity metric (e.g., in a first portion or a second portion of a user interface) based on a relationship between activity data associated with the activity metric over different time periods provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of the activity metric and data stored on a device. For example, such placement allows a user to quickly identify activity metrics for which the user has a negative trend recently. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0255] In some examples, the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type when an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is equal to or greater than an activity value (e.g., the same activity value determined for the first time period) determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period. In some examples, the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type when the activity value determined for the activity data
corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is less than the activity value determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0256] In some examples, the representation of the first activity metric includes a visual indication (e.g., a graphical indication (up or down arrow); a textual indication)) (e.g., 636b) of whether the relationship is the first type or the second type.
[0257] In some examples, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the first portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a first time point (e.g., immediately on display, 0.5 seconds after display) after initially displaying the first user interface (e.g., automatically upon display of the first user interface). In some examples, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the second portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a second time point (e.g., 1 second, a time point selected to be after the completion of the animation based on the first time point) after initially displaying the first user interface that is after the first time point. Animating visual indications (associated with activity metrics) such that visual indications associated with a first portion of a user interface are animated after visual indications associated with a second portion of the user interface (thereby highlighting such visual indications associated with the first behavior) provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of the activity metrics. For example, animating in such a way allows a user to quickly identify activity metrics for which the user has a negative trend recently. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0258] In some examples, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a first set of data insufficiency criteria (e.g., data is not available for the first time period and/or the second time period) that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a first metric type (e.g., a metric that is infrequently provided for a percentage of users; a metric that is not directly measured by one or more sensors of the electronic device) and a criterion that is met when the first the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below a data sufficiency threshold (e.g., data for the first and/or second time period does not exist or exists, but does not meet a threshold amount requirement), forgoing display of the
representation of the first activity metric in the first user interface (e.g., in the first portion and the second portion) (e.g., irrespective of a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type).
[0259] In some examples, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a second set of data insufficiency criteria (e.g., data is not available for the first time period and/or the second time period) that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a second metric type (e.g., a metric that is frequently provided for a percentage of users; a metric that is directly measured by one or more sensors of the electronic device) and a criterion that is met when the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below the data sufficiency threshold (e.g., data for the first and/or second time period does not exist or exists, but does not meet a threshold amount requirement), displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion (e.g., 618 or in a position in 612 as depicted in FIG. 6E other than positive trend portion 632 and negative trend portion 638)) of the user interface that is different from the first portion and the second portion with an indication (e.g., a graphical indication, a textual indication) that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is insufficient (e.g., irrespective of a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type). Providing indications of whether a sufficient amount of data has been received for a particular activity metric provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0260] In some examples, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion of the user interface includes displaying an indication of a predicted length of time remaining for the first activity data corresponding to the first activity metric to meet the data sufficiency threshold (e.g., 616) (in some examples, the predicted length of time is based on an assumption that a sufficient amount of activity data for the second activity metric will be received for the length of time). Indicating a predicted length of time needed to display a particular activity metric provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device and an indication regarding how the user needs to use the device in the future to be provided particular metrics. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0261] In some examples, the first time period is a first predetermined period of time (e.g., the previous 90 days) prior to the current time (e.g., selected based on the current time (e.g., current day/date)). In some examples, the second time period is a second predetermined period of time (e.g., the previous 365 days) prior to the current time that is different from the first predetermined time period.
[0262] In some examples, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion (e.g., 642) of the first user interface includes displaying a first coaching indication (e.g., 642e) (e.g.,“Let’s get to walking 1 more mile per day”) including a prediction corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the second type (e.g., negative) to being of the first type (e.g., even or positive trend) while maintaining a future level (e.g., a predicted future level) of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric. In some examples, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface includes forgoing display of the first coaching indication (in some examples, the representation displayed in the first portion includes a second coaching indication (e.g., “keep it up!”), different than the first coaching indication). Selectively providing a prediction regarding a user’s activity level assists the user in performing a technical task of providing additional activity data, thereby providing the user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0263] In some examples, the electronic device includes a sensor device (e.g., an accelerometer, a GPS, a heart rate monitor). In such examples, the activity data
corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received (e.g., detected) via the sensor device.
[0264] In some examples, the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device).
[0265] At 714, the device receives activity data corresponding to a third activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for the first time period (e.g., 3 months).
[0266] At 716, the device receives activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period (e.g., 1 year).
[0267] At 718, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the first type (e.g., no change or positive), displaying a representation (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the third activity metric in the first portion of the first user interface.
[0268] At 720, displaying the first user interface includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the second type (e.g., negative), displaying a
representation (e.g., up arrow or down arrow) of the third activity metric in the second portion of the first user interface.
[0269] In some examples, the representation of the first activity metric includes an indication in a first unit of measurement (e.g., calories, steps). In such examples, the representation of the third activity metric includes an indication in a second unit of measurement (e.g., minutes, miles) that is different than the first unit of measurement.
[0270] In some examples, the first time period (e.g., preceding 90 days) is a subset of the second time period (e.g., preceding 365 days).
[0271] In some examples, the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period includes a comparison of an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period with an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period. [0272] In some examples, the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is selected from a group consisting of one or more of: a number of calories burned, an amount of time for which a user has been detected exercising, a number of hours for which a user has been detected to be standing for at least one minute, an amount of time for which a user has moved, an amount of time for which a user has stood, a walking speed, an identified fitness level for a given time for a user, a number of flights of stairs climbed, a distanced walked, and a determined workout intensity for a user.
[0273] In some examples, the device displays a user interface with all positive (e.g., FIG. 6G) or all negative trends (e.g., FIG. 6D), where a user interface with all positive trends is different from a user interface with all negative trends and a user interface with a mix of positive and negative trends (e.g., FIG. 6E), and where a user interface with all negative trends is different from a user interface with a mix of positive and negative trends. In some examples, the order of trend representations is consistent between different views (e.g., all positive, all negative, or different combinations of mixes of positives and negatives). For example, in FIG. 6D, it can be seen that the order is move, exercise, stand, move minutes, and walk speed. Then, in FIG 5E, while some of the representations for activity metrics have transitioned from negative to positive, the order within positive and the order within negative is maintained such that it keeps the order of move, exercise, stand, move minutes, and walk speed for each activity metric represented in each portion (e.g., in positive, the order is move, exercise, and move minutes, with stand missing because it is in the second portion). In some examples, the device displays a user interface with 10 different trends: move, exercise, stand, move minutes, stand minutes, walk speed, fitness levels, flights climbed, walking distance, and workout intensity. In some examples, negative trends include coaching information while positive trends do not include coaching information (e.g., 636 and 642).
[0274] Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 700 (e.g., FIGS. 7A-7B) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 800 and 900 optionally includes one or more of the
characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 700. For example, selection of an activity representation in the first user interface described in method 700 can cause display of the first user interface described in method 800. For another example, one or more coaching indications described in method 900 can be included in the first user interface described in method 700. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. [0275] FIGS. 8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating method 800 for presenting activity trends (e.g., comparing an activity metric over two different lengths of time) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 800 relates to displaying a user interface (e.g., detailed page) with activity metric representations for a particular activity metric, comparing a first amount of time (e.g., 90 days) with a second amount of time (e.g., 365 days). Method 800 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device. Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0276] As described below, method 800 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to identify activity trends faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0277] At 802, the device (e.g., 600) receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months).
[0278] At 804, the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year), wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period (e.g., the second time period includes the first time period). In some examples, at least some of the activity data is detected by a sensor of the electronic device. For example, the device includes a sensor device (e.g., an accelerometer, a GPS, a heart rate monitor) and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received (e.g., detected) via the sensor device. In some examples, the activity data is received from a second electronic device. For example, the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device).
[0279] At 806, the device receives a request to display a first user interface (e.g., user interface with details for a specific activity metric) (e.g., 649).
[0280] At 808, the device, in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface (e.g., 652). [0281] At 810, the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., bars in 658 that are right of 658c) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) (in some examples, the representation is a bar graph showing user activity data for the particular activity metric on each day within the first time period) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period.
[0282] At 812, the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., bars in 658 that are left of 658c) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) (in some examples, the representation is a bar graph showing user activity data for the particular activity metric on each day within the second time period) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0283] In some examples, the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is visually distinct (e.g., includes a visual
characteristic (e.g., a color, a border, a shape) that is not present in the representation for the second time period or lacks a visual characteristic that is present in the representation for the second time period) from the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0284] At 814, the first user interface includes a representation (e.g., 656a, 656b, 656d, 656e, 658a) (e.g., a graphical or textual representation of a numerical value) of a comparison (e.g., a mathematical comparison) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period. Displaying representations regarding different activity metrics with a comparison of activity data over different time periods provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0285] In some examples, at 816, displaying the first user interface includes displaying an indication (e.g., 658a) (e.g., a textual or graphical indication) for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period. In such an example, at 818, displaying the first user interface includes displaying an indication (e.g., 658b) (e.g., a textual or graphical indication) for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
[0286] In some examples, the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is divided into a first number of representations (e.g., a number of representations corresponding to a unit (e.g., days) of the time period). In such an example, the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is divided into a second number of representations different from the first number of representations.
[0287] In some examples, the representation of the comparison indicates a difference between the activity data (e.g., a difference between an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the first and second time periods for the activity data) corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period (in some examples, the representation of the comparison indicates a difference only when the activity data for the first time period is less than the activity data for the second time period).
[0288] In some examples, at 820, displaying the first user interface includes displaying a plurality of first-time-period representations for the first time period (e.g., empty bars in 660) (e.g., bars in a graph for each day of the week corresponding to 90 day period), wherein: a first first-time-period representation (e.g., Monday bar for 90 day period) corresponds to a length of time (e.g., a day), a second first-time-period representation (e.g., Tuesday bar for 90 day period) corresponds to the length of time, the first first-time-period representation corresponds to a third time period (e.g., each Monday within the 90 day period) within the first time period, and the second first-time-period representation corresponds to a fourth time period (e.g., each Tuesday within the 90 day period) within the first time period. In such an example, at 822, displaying the first user interface includes displaying a plurality of second- time-period representations for the second time period (e.g., bars with diagonal lines in 660) (e.g., bars in a graph for each day of the week corresponding to 365 day period), wherein: a first second-time-period representation (e.g., Monday bar for 365 day period) corresponds to the length of time, a second second-time-period representation (e.g., Tuesday bar for 365 day period) corresponds to the length of time, the first second-time-period representation corresponds to a fifth time period (e.g., each Monday within the 365 day period)within the second time period, the second second-time-period representation corresponds to a sixth time period (e.g., each Tuesday within the 365 day period) within the second time period, the third time period corresponds to the fifth time period (e.g., both are Mondays within their respective time periods), the fourth time period corresponds to the sixth time period (e.g., both are Tuesdays within their respective time periods), the first first-time-period
representation is visually paired with (e.g., displayed adjacent to (e.g., without any other intervening representations)) the first second-time-period representation, and the second first- time-period representation is visually paired with the second second-time-period
representation. Visually depicting a user’s activity over time using a comparison of two different time periods provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device and information regarding how the user uses the device over time. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0289] In some examples, at 824, displaying the first user interface includes displaying a representation (e.g., 662a) of a percentage of time periods of a particular length (e.g., a day) of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric (e.g., calories burned) for the first time period for which (e.g., during which) the first activity metric met a threshold activity level (e.g., 500 calories/day) (in some examples, the user interface includes a percentage of days during a 90 day period in which the value of a activity metric (e.g., calories burned) met a threshold value (e.g., 85% of the days logged a calories burned metric of greater than 500 calories). Linking an activity metric with a particular threshold and tracking a user’s past ability to meet the threshold provides a user with visual feedback about how the user uses the device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. [0290] In some examples, at 824, displaying the first user interface includes displaying an icon (e.g., 656b) indicating whether a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the first time period reflects no change or a positive change relative to the activity data (e.g., an average value of the activity data) for the second time period) or a second type (e.g., the activity data for the first time period reflects a negative change relative to the activity data for the second time period).
[0291] Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 800 (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8B) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 700 and 900 optionally includes one or more of the
characteristics of the various methods described above and below with reference to method 800. For example, selection of a back affordance in the first user interface described in method 900 can cause display of the first user interface described in method 700. For another example, one or more coaching indications described in method 900 can be included in the first user interface described in method 800. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
[0292] FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating method 900 for presenting activity trends (e.g., providing different coaching depending on relationship between data of time periods; coaching includes a prediction of when relationship will change, if certain activity level is maintained) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664) with a display device. Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
[0293] As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for presenting activity trends. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for presenting activity trends, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to identify activity trends faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0294] At 902, the device (e.g., 600) receives activity data corresponding to a first activity metric (e.g., data corresponding to a measured level of activity for a user of the electronic device (e.g., data for activity performed by the user while wearing the electronic device)) for a first time period (e.g., 3 months).
[0295] At 904, the device receives activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period (e.g., 1 year), different than the first period of time.
[0296] At 906, the device receives a request (e.g., 607, 611, 649) to display a first user interface (e.g., 612, 652) (e.g., user interface that includes comparisons of activity data for a plurality of activity metrics or user interface with details for a specific activity metric).
[0297] At 908, the device, in response to receiving the request, displays, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation (e.g., 642, or 656) (e.g., a graphical or textual indication of the first activity metric) of the first activity metric.
[0298] At 910, the representation of the first activity metric includes, in accordance with a determination that a relationship (e.g., a mathematical relationship; a mathematical comparison) between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type (e.g., negative trend for which can be remedied within 1 day), displaying a first coaching indication (e.g., 628e) (e.g.,“Don’t forget to stand for one minute per hour throughout the day”) including a prediction (e.g.,“the day” the 628) corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type (e.g., even or positive trend), different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric.
[0299] At 912, the representation of the first activity metric includes, in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type (e.g., negative trend for which can be remedied more than a week but within 1 month) different from the first type, a second coaching indication (e.g., 624e) (e.g.,“Try to move around for 10 extra minutes”) that does not include a prediction corresponding to when (e.g., a period of time (e.g., 1 day, 5 days, 2 weeks) the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type. Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on classifying the user’s activity provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0300] In some examples, the first type requires that the relationship between the activity data (e.g., relationship between an activity value (e.g., average, slope of a linear fit) determined (e.g., calculated) for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the second time period)) corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is negative (e.g., the average value for the first time period is 50 calories burned/day and the average value for the second time period is 75 calories burned/day with a difference in the values being -25 calories burned/day)).
[0301] In some examples, the representation of the first activity metric includes: while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type (this in accordance means that the trend is negative): in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a subset of the first time period (e.g., the last 7 days in a 90 day period) is a fourth type (e.g., recently positive), displaying a third coaching indication (e.g.,“You have been improving lately, but let’s get to walking 1 more mile per day to reach your yearly average”; a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication); and in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the subset of the first time period (e.g., the last 7 days in a 90 day period) is a fifth type (e.g., recently negative), displaying a fourth coaching indication that is different from the third coaching indication (e.g.,“let’s get to walking 1 more mile per day to reach your yearly average”). Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on a user’s recent behavior as compared to less recent behavior provides a user with visual feedback about a recent state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0302] In some examples, the representation of the first activity metric includes: while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type: in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds a first time threshold (e.g., >1 day) and is less than a second time threshold (e.g., <7 days), displaying a fifth coaching indication (e.g., a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication); and in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds the second time threshold (e.g., >7 days), displaying a sixth coaching indication (e.g., a coaching indication in addition to the first coaching indication) that is different from the fifth coaching indication. Dynamically modifying activity-related information provided to a user based on a link of time predicted for the activity data to be similar to the past provides a user with visual feedback about a current state of activity data stored on a device. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to identify what type of data the user needs to provide a device to change the user interface and reducing user mistakes when
operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0303] In some examples, at 914, the device, while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type (this in accordance means that the trend is negative): in accordance with a determination that the prediction is a first classification (e.g., requiring a level of activity that exceeds threshold (e.g., an unreasonably high requirement)), displaying a fifth coaching indication (e.g.,“Do better”) without a prediction corresponding to when the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period will be of the second type (e.g., even or positive trend) while maintaining the future level of activity (e.g., 10% more walking per day) for the first activity metric. [0304] In some examples, the prediction is determined by: removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period, removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period, and until the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type, adding predicted data to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period, and adding the old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period (in some examples, trend reverses in 1 day, which only requires taking the last actual 89/364 days of data and adding one predicted day).
[0305] Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 900 (e.g., FIG. 9) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below.
For example, methods 700 and 800 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 900.
[0306] FIGS. 10A-10N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing workouts, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A-l IB.
[0307] FIG. 10A depicts electronic device 1000 displaying watch face user interface 1004 via display device 1002. Electronic device 1000 includes various input mechanisms that receive user input, such as rotatable input mechanism 1001, which is able to receive a rotatable input (and, in some examples, can also receive a push input). In some examples, electronic device 1000 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, or 500. Watch face user interface 604 includes workout affordance 1006 for initiating a workout application (e.g., an application to track workouts performed by a user associated with electronic device 1000).
[0308] Referring to FIG. 10 A, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1007 corresponding to selection of workout affordance 1006. User input 1007 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on workout affordance 1006, causing the workout application to be initiated (e.g., display of a user interface of the workout application, such as workout platter user interface 1008 as depicted in FIG. 10B). [0309] FIG. 10B depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002. Workout platter user interface 1008 includes scrollable list of affordances 1010, which are each associated with a respective physical activity tracking function for a physical activity. For example, scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes walk affordance 1012a, which corresponds to a physical activity tracking function for an outdoor walk.
[0310] It is noted that scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes additional affordances corresponding to other physical activity tracking functions that are not currently displayed but can be displayed in response to a scrolling input (e.g., rotation of rotational mechanism 1001). In some embodiments, scrollable list of affordances 1010 includes more workouts affordance, which will be described in further detail below (see at least FIG. 10F).
[0311] Referring to FIG. 10B, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1013
corresponding to selection of walk affordance 1012a. User input 1013 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on walk affordance 1012a, causing a physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a to be launched (e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a (e.g., walk user interface 1014 as depicted in FIG. IOC).
[0312] FIG. IOC depicts electronic device 1000 displaying walk user interface 1014 via display device 1002. Walk user interface 1014 displays a set of tracked metrics (e.g., “00:01.40,”“0 active cal,”“70 BPM,”“15Ί 1” average mile,” and“0 ft”) (which are tracked by the physical activity tracking function associated with walk affordance 1012a.
[0313] In some examples, tracking of the set of tracked metrics is performed by one or more tracking sensors of electronic device 1000. For example, electronic device 1000 tracks physical activity via tracking sensors (or workout sensors) that communicate with workout support module 142 (as depicted in FIG. 3).
[0314] Referring to FIG. IOC, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1015
corresponding to a swipe gesture. User input 1015 can include a touch gesture, causing a control user interface of the workout application to be displayed (e.g., control user interface 1016 as depicted in FIG. 10D). [0315] FIG. 10D depicts electronic device 1000 displaying control user interface 1016 via display device 1002. In some examples, device 1000 displays control interface 1016 in response to a user input (e.g., user input 1015) while displaying walk user interface 1014. Control user interface 1016 includes affordances to control various functionalities of the workout application. For example, control user interface 1016 includes end workout affordance 1018 (configured to, when selected, end a currently running workout).
[0316] Referring to FIG. 10D, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1019 corresponding to selection of end workout affordance 1018. User input 1018 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1018, causing the currently running workout (associated with outdoor walk) to end and workout platter user interface 1008 to be displayed, as depicted in FIG. 10E.
[0317] FIG. 10E depicts electronic device 1000 displaying, once again, workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 and performing a scrolling operation. For example, rotational input 1021 is received at rotatable input mechanism 1001. In response to rotational input 1021, as depicted in FIG. 10F, scrollable list of affordances 1010 is scrolled in an upward direction such that more workouts affordance 1022 are displayed.
[0318] Referring to FIG. 10F, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1023
corresponding to selection of more workouts affordance 1022. User input 1023 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on more workouts affordance 1022, causing a user interface with a list of available workouts to be displayed (e.g., workout list user interface 1024 as depicted in 10G).
[0319] FIG. 10G depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout list user interface 1024 via display device 1002. In some examples, workout list user interface 1024 includes a scrollable list of affordances with popular portion 1026 (as depicted in FIG. 10G) and alphabetical portion 1021 (as depicted in FIG. 10H).
[0320] Referring to FIG. 10G, popular portion 1026 includes multiple workout affordances, each workout affordance determined to be most relevant (e.g., popular among users, most frequently used by a user associated with electronic device 1000, etc.). For example, the multiple workout affordances in popular portion 1026 includes dance affordance 1028. Selection of a particular workout affordance of the multiple workout affordances causes (1) a workout affordance corresponding to the particular workout affordance to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 such that the workout affordance can be selected in the future when a user navigates to workout platter user interface 1008 and/or (2) a physical activity tracking function corresponding to the workout affordance to be launched.
[0321] Referring to FIG. 10H, alphabetical portion 1021 includes a list of workout affordances in alphabetical order, including AUS football affordance 1030 (e.g., an affordance corresponding to function for tracking activity associated with Australian rules football). It should be recognized that the list of workout affordances can be ordered in a different manner. Similar to popular portion 1026, selection of a particular workout affordance in the list of workout affordances causes (1) a workout affordance corresponding to the particular workout affordance to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 such that the workout affordance can be selected in the future when a user navigates to workout platter user interface 1008 and/or (2) a physical activity tracking function corresponding to the workout affordance to be launched.
[0322] Similar to as described above for FIG. 10E, FIG. 10F depicts electronic device 1000 receiving rotational input 1029 at rotatable input mechanism 1001. In response to rotational input 1029, the scrollable list of affordances of workout list user interface 1024 is scrolled in an upward direction such that more workout affordances are displayed (e.g., other workout affordances in popular portion 1026 (not depicted) or workout affordances in alphabetical portion 1021 (as depicted in FIG. 10H)).
[0323] FIG. 10H depicts electronic device 1000 receiving user input 1031 corresponding to selection of AUS football affordance 1030. User input 1031 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on AUS football affordance 1030, causing a workout affordance corresponding to AUS football affordance 1030 to be added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., AUS football affordance 1034 as depicted in FIG. 101).
[0324] Similar as described above for FIGS. 10B-10D, FIGS. 10I-10K depict user interfaces involved in beginning and ending a workout. For example, FIG. 101 depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002. Workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 101 includes AUS football affordance 1034, showing that workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 101 is in a state after AUS football affordance 1034 has been added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., after FIG. 10H) (see FIG. 10F, which does not include AUS football affordance 1034). AUS football affordance 1034 corresponds to a physical activity tracking function for Australian football.
[0325] Referring to FIG. 101, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1035
corresponding to selection of AUS football affordance 1034. User input 1035 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on AUS football affordance 1034, causing a physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 to be launched (e.g., display of one or more user interfaces of the workout application, with a final user interface corresponding to the physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034 (e.g., AUS football user interface 1036 as depicted in FIG. 10J).
[0326] FIG. 10J depicts electronic device 1000 displaying AUS football interface 1036 via display device 1002. AUS football interface 1036 displays a set of tracked metrics (e.g., “00:01.29,”“0 active cal,”“0 total cal,” and BPM”) (which are tracked by the physical activity tracking function associated with AUS football affordance 1034).
[0327] In some examples, tracking of the set of tracked metrics is performed by one or more tracking sensors of electronic device 1000. For example, electronic device 1000 tracks physical activity via tracking sensors (or workout sensors) that communicate with workout support module 142 (as depicted in FIG. 3).
[0328] Referring to FIG. 10J, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1037
corresponding to a swipe gesture. User input 1037 can include a touch gesture, causing a control user interface of the workout application to be displayed (e.g., control user interface 1038 as depicted in FIG. 10K).
[0329] FIG. 10K depicts electronic device 1000 displaying control user interface 1038 via display device 1002. Control user interface 1038 includes affordances to control various functionalities of the workout application. For example, control user interface 1038 includes end workout affordance 1040 (configured to, when selected, end a currently running workout).
[0330] Referring to FIG. 10K, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1041 corresponding to selection of end workout affordance 1040. User input 1041 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1040, causing the currently running workout (associated with Australian football) to end and workout platter user interface 1008 to be displayed, as depicted in FIG. 10L.
[0331] FIG. 10L depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002. Workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 10L includes AUS football affordance 1034, showing that workout platter user interface 1008 depicted in FIG. 10L is in a state after AUS football affordance 1034 has been added to workout platter user interface 1008 (e.g., after FIG. 10H) (see FIG. 10F, which does not include AUS football affordance 1034).
[0332] Referring to FIG. 10L, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1043
corresponding to a swipe gesture associated with (e.g., at least partially on top of) AUS football affordance 1034. User input 1043 can include a touch gesture, causing (1) AUS football affordance 1034to move to the left and (2) delete affordance 1044 to be displayed in a position that was at least partially previously occupied by AUS football affordance 1034 prior to moving (as depicted in FIG. 10M).
[0333] FIG. 10M depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 with AUS football affordance 1034 moved to the left and delete affordance 1044 displayed in a location that was at least partially covered up by AUS football affordance 1034 prior to being moved to the left. Referring to FIG. 10L, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1045 corresponding to selection of delete affordance 1040. User input 1041 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on end workout affordance 1044, causing AUS football affordance 1034 to be removed from workout platter user interface 1008 (as depicted in FIG. 10N) until AUS football affordance 1034 is added again using the process described in FIGS. 10F-10H. FIG. 10N depicts electronic device 1000 displaying workout platter user interface 1008 via display device 1002 without AUS football affordance 1034.
[0334] FIGS. 11 A-l IB are a flow diagram illustrating method 1100 for managing workouts (e.g., more-workouts option for workout platters, allowing user to view a list of workouts to add to workout platters) using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600, 664, 1000) with a display device. Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. [0335] As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way for managing workouts. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing workouts, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to add and delete workout affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0336] At 1102, the device (e.g., 1000) displays, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIGS. 10B, 10E, and 10F) including a first set of affordances (e.g., 1012a, 1012b) (e.g., workout platters) associated with physical activity tracking functions (in some examples, different affordances in a plurality of the scrollable list of affordances correspond to different physical activities), wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance (e.g., 1012a) associated with a first physical activity tracking function.
[0337] At 1104, while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, the device receives a user input (e.g., 1013) (e.g., a tap in the user interface).
[0338] At 1106, in response to receiving the user input, in accordance with a
determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance (e.g., run option) in the first set of affordances, the device launches (e.g., activating, starting) the first physical activity tracking function (e.g., 1014) (e.g., running).
[0339] At 1108, in further response to receiving the user input, in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance (e.g., 1022) (e.g., more- workouts option) in the first set of affordances, the device displays a second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more-workouts interface) that includes a third affordance (e.g., 1030) associated with a second physical activity tracking function (e.g., walking option).
[0340] At 1110, the device receives a set of one or more inputs (e.g., 1031), the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance.
[0341] At 1112, in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, the device displays a second instance (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIG. 101) of first user interface, wherein: the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance (e.g., 1034) associated with the second physical activity tracking function (e.g., an affordance that, when selected, launches the second physical activity tracking function), and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance (e.g., any affordance) associated with the second physical activity tracking function. Updating a list of physical activity tracking functions shown to a user on an initial user interface provides the user with more control of the device by helping the user avoid unintentionally executing physical activity tracking functions and simultaneously reducing the number of steps that a user must take to reach desired physical activity tracking functions. Providing additional control of the device without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0342] In some examples, the first set of affordances includes a fifth affordance (e.g., 1012b) associated with a third physical activity tracking function (e.g., golfing option) different from the first physical activity tracking function and the second physical activity tracking function.
[0343] In some examples, the input corresponding to selection of the third affordance causes the second instance of the first user interface to be displayed (in some examples, the input corresponding to selection of the third affordance is the terminal input (e.g., the only input) in the set of one or more inputs).
[0344] In some examples, the second instance of the first user interface includes the second affordance.
[0345] In some examples, at 1114, the device receives an input (e.g., 1031)
corresponding to selection of the second affordance within the second instance of the first user interface.
[0346] In some examples, at 1116, in response to receiving the input corresponding to selection of the second affordance within the second instance of the first user interface, the device displays a second instance of the second user interface (e.g., 1024) (e.g., more- workouts interface) that does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function. [0347] In some examples, at 1118, while displaying the second instance of the first user interface, the device receives a second set of one or more inputs, the second set of one or more inputs including an input (e.g., 1043) corresponding to the fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function (e.g., an affordance corresponding to an activity tracking function that was previously added to the user interface) (e.g., a set of inputs corresponding to a request to remove the fourth affordance from the first user interface).
[0348] In some examples, in response to receiving the second set of one or more inputs, the device displays a third instance of the first user interface (e.g., 1008 as depicted in FIG. 10N), wherein the third instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function. Allowing a user to quickly and efficiently remove physical activity tracking functions from a list of physical activity tracking functions provides the user with more control of the device by helping the user avoid unintentionally executing physical activity tracking functions and simultaneously reducing the number of steps that a user must take to reach desired physical activity tracking functions. Providing additional control of the device without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
[0349] In some examples, receiving the second set of one or more inputs includes:
receiving a swipe gesture (e.g., 1043) corresponding to the fourth affordance and a tap gesture (e.g., 1045) corresponding to a delete affordance (e.g., 1044) associated with the fourth affordance (e.g., a delete affordance that is displayed in response to receiving the swipe gesture).
[0350] Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 1100 (e.g., FIGS. 7A-7B) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example, methods 700, 800, and 900 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 1100. For example, deletion of a representation as described in methods 700, 800, and 900 can be performed as described in method 1100. [0351] FIGS. 12A-12F illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying awards, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 12A depicts electronic device 1000 displaying activity application user interface 1204 via display device 1002. Activity application user interface 1204 includes activity affordance 1206, friends affordance 1208, and awards affordance 1210.
[0352] Each of these affordances are configured, when selected, to cause electronic device 1000 to display a user interface corresponding to the respective affordance. For example, activity affordance 1206 corresponds to a user interface for displaying information related to activity of a user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12B). Friends affordance 1208 corresponds to a user interface for managing friends (e.g., users for which are sending data to and/or receiving data from the user associated with electronic device (e.g., sharing)) of the user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12C). Awards affordance 1210 corresponds to a user interface for displaying awards of the user associated with electronic device 1000 (as depicted in FIG. 12D).
[0353] Referring to FIG. 12 A, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1207 corresponding to selection of activity affordance 1206. User input 1207 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on activity affordance 1206, causing a user interface associated with activity affordance 1206 to be displayed (e.g., activity user interface 1212).
[0354] FIG. 12B depicts electronic device 1000 displaying activity user interface 1212 via display device 1002. Activity user interface 1212 includes information related to activity of a user associated with electronic device 1000 (e.g., three rings, which each ring representing an amount of a different activity metric that the user has completed during a current day).
[0355] Referring to FIG. 12B, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1213 corresponding to a swipe gesture. User input 1213 can include a touch gesture, causing a user interface for managing friends to be displayed (e.g., friends user interface 1216 as depicted in FIG. 12C).
[0356] FIG. 12C depicts electronic device 1000 displaying friends user interface 1216 via display device 1002. Friends user interface 1212 includes multiple affordances, each affordance corresponding to a user for which the user associated with electronic device 1000 is sharing with. [0357] Referring to FIG. 12C, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1217 corresponding to a swipe gesture. User input 1217 can include a touch gesture, causing a user interface for displaying awards to be displayed (e.g., awards user interface 1218 as depicted in FIG. 12D). In some examples, the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12C is determined to be the same direction as the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12B. In such examples, if a swipe gesture on friends user interface 1216 is determined to be the opposite direction as the swipe gesture depicted in FIG. 12B, the swipe gesture causes activity user interface 1212 to be displayed.
[0358] FIG. 12D depicts electronic device 1000 displaying awards user interface 1218 via display device 1002. Awards user interface 1212 includes multiple sections (e.g., 1220a- 1220d), each section including one or more representations of awards corresponding to the respective section. For example, recent section 1220a includes one or more representations of awards that were recently received by the user of electronic device 1000 (e.g.,
representation 1222a). For another example, March challenge section 1220b includes one or more representations of awards that are associated with a March challenge (e.g.,
representation 1222b).
[0359] A representation of an award can include one or more visual attributes indicating that the award have been awarded to the user of electronic device 1000. For example, representation 1222a can be a first set of one or more colors while representation 1222b can be a second set of one or more colors, the first set of one or more colors indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1222a has been awarded to the user and the second set of one or more colors indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1222b has not been awarded to the user.
[0360] Referring to FIG. 12D, electronic device 1000 receives user input 1223 corresponding to selection of representation 1222b. User input 1223 can include a touch gesture, such as a tap gesture on representation 1222b, causing a user interface associated with representation 1222b to be displayed (e.g., 1224 or 1228).
[0361] FIG. 12E depicts electronic device 1000 displaying non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 via display device 1002. Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 corresponds to representation 1222b based on user input 1223 corresponding to selection of representation 1222b. Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 includes a representation of representation 1222b (e.g., representation 1226). In some examples, representation 1226 is larger than representation 1222b (not illustrated). Non-awarded detailed user interface 1224 includes text indicating how the user can earn an award corresponding to representation 1226 (“Earn this award by exercising 1000 minutes this month”).
[0362] FIG. 12F depicts electronic device 1000 displaying awarded detailed user interface 1228 via display device 1002. Once an award has been given to the user, a representation corresponding to the award can change. For example, FIG. 12F depicts representation 1230, which corresponds to representation 1226 except that the appearance of representation 1230 is different from representation 1226. In some examples, the different appearance corresponds to representation 1226 being a first set of one or more colors and representation 1230 being a second set of one or more colors different from the first set of one or more colors, the difference indicating that an award corresponding to representation 1230 has been awarded and an award corresponding to representation 1226 has not been awarded.
[0363] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0364] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims.
[0365] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve tracking of activity and viewing of details related to the activity. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user’s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
[0366] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to track activity and view details related to the activity.
Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables improved tracking of activity and improved viewing of details related to the activity. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user’s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
[0367] The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes.
Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country.
[0368] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of activity services, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to“opt in” or“opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide activity data for targeted activity services. In yet another example, users can select to limit the length of time activity data is maintained or entirely prohibit the development of trend data. In addition to providing“opt in” and“opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
[0369] Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user’s privacy. De identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods.
[0370] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, activity can be tracked and details related to the activity viewed by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the activity services, or publicly available information.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method, comprising:
at an electronic device including a display device:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein:
the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type when an activity value determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is equal to or greater than an activity value determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period, and
the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type when the activity value determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is less than the activity value determined for the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
3. The method of any one of claims 1-2, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes a visual indication of whether the relationship is the first type or the second type.
4. The method of any one of claims 1-3, wherein displaying the first user interface includes:
in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the first portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a first time point after initially displaying the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the representation of the first activity metric is displayed in the second portion of the first user interface, animating the visual indication at a second time point after initially displaying the first user interface that is after the first time point.
5. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein displaying the first user interface includes:
in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a first set of data insufficiency criteria that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a first metric type and a criterion that is met when the first the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below a data sufficiency threshold, forgoing display of the representation of the first activity metric in the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric meets a second set of data insufficiency criteria that includes a criterion that is met when the first activity metric is a second metric type and a criterion that is met when the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is below the data sufficiency threshold, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion of the user interface that is different from the first portion and the second portion with an indication that the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric is insufficient.
6. The method of any one of claims 1-5, wherein displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a third portion of the user interface includes displaying an indication of a predicted length of time remaining for the first activity data corresponding to the first activity metric to meet the data sufficiency threshold.
7. The method of any one of claims 1-6, wherein:
the first time period is a first predetermined period of time prior to the current time, and
the second time period is a second predetermined period of time prior to the current time that is different from the first predetermined time period.
8. The method of any one of claims 1-7, wherein:
displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface includes displaying a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the second type to being of the first type while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface includes forgoing display of the first coaching indication.
9. The method of any one of claims 1-8, wherein:
the electronic device includes a sensor device; and
the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received via the sensor device.
10. The method of any one of claims 1-9, wherein the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device.
11. The method of any one of claims 1-10, further comprising:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a third activity metric for the first time period; and
activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period, wherein displaying the first user interface includes: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the first type, displaying a representation of the third activity metric in the first portion of the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the third activity metric for the second time period is the second type, displaying a representation of the third activity metric in the second portion of the first user interface.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein:
the representation of the first activity metric includes an indication in a first unit of measurement, and
the representation of the third activity metric includes an indication in a second unit of measurement that is different than the first unit of measurement.
13. The method of any one of claims 1-12, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period.
14. The method of any one of claims 1-13, wherein the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period includes a comparison of an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period with an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
15. The method of any one of claims 1-14, wherein the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is selected from a group consisting of one or more of:
a number of calories burned,
an amount of time for which a user has been detected exercising, a number of hours for which a user has been detected to be standing for at least one minute,
an amount of time for which a user has moved,
an amount of time for which a user has stood, a walking speed,
an identified fitness level for a given time for a user,
a number of flights of stairs climbed, a distanced walked, and
a determined workout intensity for a user.
16. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1 - 15.
17. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1 - 15.
18. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device; and
means for performing the method of any of claims 1 - 15.
19. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including: in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
20. An electronic device, comprising:
a display;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
21. An electronic device, comprising:
a display;
means for receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period different from the first period of time;
means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, means for displaying a representation of the first activity metric in a first portion of the first user interface; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a second type, means for displaying the representation of the first activity metric in a second portion of the first user interface different from the first portion.
22. A method, comprising:
at an electronic device including a display device:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period;
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is visually distinct from the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
24. The method of any one of claims 22-23, wherein displaying the first user interface includes:
displaying an indication for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; and
displaying an indication for an average of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
25. The method of any one of claims 22-24, wherein:
the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period is divided into a first number of representations; and
the representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is divided into a second number of representations different from the first number of representations.
26. The method of any one of claims 22-25, the representation of the comparison indicates a difference between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
27. The method of any one of claims 22-26, wherein displaying the first user interface includes:
displaying a plurality of first-time-period representations for the first time period, wherein:
a first first-time-period representation corresponds to a length of time, a second first-time-period representation corresponds to the length of time, the first first-time-period representation corresponds to a third time period within the first time period, and
the second first-time-period representation corresponds to a fourth time period within the first time period; and
displaying a plurality of second-time-period representations for the second time period, wherein:
a first second-time-period representation corresponds to the length of time, a second second-time-period representation corresponds to the length of time, the first second-time-period representation corresponds to a fifth time period within the second time period,
the second second-time-period representation corresponds to a sixth time period within the second time period,
the third time period corresponds to the fifth time period,
the fourth time period corresponds to the sixth time period,
the first first-time-period representation is visually paired with the first second-time-period representation, and
the second first-time-period representation is visually paired with the second second-time-period representation.
28. The method of any one of claims 22-27, wherein displaying the first user interface includes:
displaying a representation of a percentage of time periods of a particular length of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period for which the first activity metric met a threshold activity level.
29. The method of any one of claims 22-28, wherein displaying the first user interface including:
displaying an icon indicating whether a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type or a second type.
30. The method of any one of claims 22-29, wherein:
the electronic device includes a sensor device; and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received via the sensor device.
31. The method of any one of claims 22-30, wherein the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric includes activity data received from a second electronic device.
32. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 22 - 31.
33. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 22 - 31.
34. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device; and
means for performing the method of any of claims 22 - 31.
35. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period; a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and
a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
36. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period;
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and
a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
37. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
means for receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, wherein the first time period is a subset of the second time period;
means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface including:
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period;
a representation of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period; and
a representation of a comparison of the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
38. A method, comprising:
at an electronic device including a display device:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the first type requires that the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is negative.
40. The method of any one of claims 38-39, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a subset of the first time period is a fourth type, displaying a third coaching indication; and
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the subset of the first time period is a fifth type, displaying a fourth coaching indication that is different from the third coaching indication.
41. The method of any one of claims 38-40, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type:
in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds a first time threshold and is less than a second time threshold, displaying a fifth coaching indication; and
in accordance with a determination that the prediction exceeds the second time threshold, displaying a sixth coaching indication that is different from the fifth coaching indication.
42. The method of any one of claims 38-41, further comprising:
while the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the first type:
in accordance with a determination that the prediction is a first classification, displaying a fifth coaching indication without a prediction corresponding to when the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period will be of the second type while maintaining the future level of activity for the first activity metric.
43. The method of any one of claims 38-42, wherein the prediction is determined by:
removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period,
removing old data from the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period, and
until the relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is the second type,
adding predicted data to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period, and
adding the predicted data the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period to the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period.
44. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 38 - 43.
45. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 38 - 43.
46. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device; and
means for performing the method of any of claims 38 - 43.
47. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
48. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time;
receiving a request to display a first user interface; and in response to receiving the request, displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
49. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
means for receiving:
activity data corresponding to a first activity metric for a first time period; and activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for a second time period, different than the first period of time;
means for receiving a request to display a first user interface; and
in response to receiving the request, means for displaying, via the display device, the first user interface, the first user interface including a representation of the first activity metric, wherein the representation of the first activity metric includes:
in accordance with a determination that a relationship between the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the first time period and the activity data corresponding to the first activity metric for the second time period is a first type, a first coaching indication including a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the first type to being of a second type, different from the first type, while maintaining a future level of activity for the first activity metric; and
in accordance with a determination that the relationship is a third type different from the first type, a second coaching indication that does not include a prediction corresponding to when the relationship will transition from being of the third type to being of the second type.
50. A method, comprising:
at an electronic device including a display device:
displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function;
while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and
in response to receiving the user input:
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function;
receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and
in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein:
the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein the first set of affordances includes a fifth affordance associated with a third physical activity tracking function different from the first physical activity tracking function and the second physical activity tracking function.
52. The method of any one of claims 50-51, wherein the input corresponding to selection of the third affordance causes the second instance of the first user interface to be displayed.
53. The method of any one of claims 50-52, wherein the second instance of the first user interface includes the second affordance, and wherein the method further comprises:
receiving an input corresponding to selection of the second affordance within the second instance of the first user interface; and
in response to receiving the input corresponding to selection of the second affordance within the second instance of the first user interface, displaying a second instance of the second user interface that does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
54. The method of any one of claims 50-53, further comprising:
while displaying the second instance of the first user interface, receiving a second set of one or more inputs, the second set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to the fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function;
in response to receiving the second set of one or more inputs, displaying a third instance of the first user interface, wherein the third instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the receiving the second set of one or more inputs includes:
receiving a swipe gesture corresponding to the fourth affordance, and
a tap gesture corresponding to a delete affordance associated with the fourth affordance.
56. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 50 - 55.
57. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 50 - 55.
58. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device; and
means for performing the method of any of claims 50 - 55.
59. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function;
while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and
in response to receiving the user input:
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function;
receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and
in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein:
the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
60. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function;
while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, receiving a user input; and
in response to receiving the user input:
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, launching the first physical activity tracking function; and
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function;
receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and
in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein:
the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and
the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
61. An electronic device, comprising:
a display device;
means displaying, via the display device, a first instance of a first user interface including a first set of affordances associated with physical activity tracking functions, wherein the first set of affordances includes a first affordance associated with a first physical activity tracking function;
while displaying the first instance of the first user interface, means for receiving a user input; and in response to receiving the user input:
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at the first affordance in the first set of affordances, means for launching the first physical activity tracking function; and
in accordance with a determination that the user input is detected at a second affordance in the first set of affordances, means for displaying a second user interface that includes a third affordance associated with a second physical activity tracking function;
means for receiving a set of one or more inputs, the set of one or more inputs including an input corresponding to selection of the third affordance; and
in response to receiving the set of one or more inputs, means for displaying a second instance of first user interface, wherein:
the second instance of the first user interface includes the first affordance and a fourth affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function, and the first instance of the first user interface does not include an affordance associated with the second physical activity tracking function.
EP20721342.2A 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts Ceased EP3827438A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23150297.2A EP4184519A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962844063P 2019-05-06 2019-05-06
DKPA201970532A DK201970532A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2019-08-27 Activity trends and workouts
PCT/US2020/025997 WO2020226788A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP23150297.2A Division EP4184519A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3827438A1 true EP3827438A1 (en) 2021-06-02

Family

ID=70457118

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP23150297.2A Pending EP4184519A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts
EP20721342.2A Ceased EP3827438A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP23150297.2A Pending EP4184519A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-03-31 Activity trends and workouts

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (2) EP4184519A1 (en)
JP (2) JP2022532080A (en)
KR (1) KR20210151140A (en)
CN (2) CN113190303A (en)
AU (1) AU2023258443A1 (en)
DK (1) DK181192B8 (en)
WO (1) WO2020226788A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3859005A (en) 1973-08-13 1975-01-07 Albert L Huebner Erosion reduction in wet turbines
US4826405A (en) 1985-10-15 1989-05-02 Aeroquip Corporation Fan blade fabrication system
IL137478A (en) 1998-01-26 2005-11-20 Westerman Wayne Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US7688306B2 (en) 2000-10-02 2010-03-30 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US7218226B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2007-05-15 Apple Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US6677932B1 (en) 2001-01-28 2004-01-13 Finger Works, Inc. System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
JP2002346013A (en) * 2001-05-30 2002-12-03 Sharp Corp Exercise instruction device
US7657849B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-02-02 Apple Inc. Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
JP5560845B2 (en) * 2010-03-30 2014-07-30 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, image output method, and program
US9011292B2 (en) * 2010-11-01 2015-04-21 Nike, Inc. Wearable device assembly having athletic functionality
WO2013169849A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Industries Llc Yknots Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
JP6158947B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2017-07-05 アップル インコーポレイテッド Device, method and graphical user interface for transitioning between relationships from touch input to display output
JP6091222B2 (en) * 2013-01-22 2017-03-08 株式会社Nttドコモ Communication system and server device
JP2015058218A (en) * 2013-09-19 2015-03-30 カシオ計算機株式会社 Device with virtual comparison function, system, method, and program
US9681827B2 (en) * 2013-10-09 2017-06-20 LEDO Networks, Inc. Systems, methods, applications for smart sensing, motion activity monitoring, and motion activity pattern recognition
US9655525B2 (en) * 2014-07-25 2017-05-23 Salutron Inc. User-wearable devices that monitor exposure to blue light and recommend adjustments thereto
CN111180039B (en) * 2014-09-02 2023-10-24 苹果公司 Physical activity and fitness monitor
US10903964B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-01-26 Apple Inc. Techniques to enable physical downlink control channel communications
CN110932673A (en) 2018-09-19 2020-03-27 恩智浦美国有限公司 Chopper-stabilized amplifier containing shunt notch filter

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANONYMOUS ET AL: "Garmin Edge 520 - Owner's manual", 1 January 2015 (2015-01-01), pages 1 - 24, XP055919338, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www8.garmin.com/manuals/webhelp/edge520/EN-US/Edge_520_OM_EN-US.pdf> [retrieved on 20220510] *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020226788A1 (en) 2020-11-12
DK202070815A1 (en) 2020-12-17
CN112740333A (en) 2021-04-30
KR20210151140A (en) 2021-12-13
AU2023258443A1 (en) 2023-11-23
CN113190303A (en) 2021-07-30
DK181192B1 (en) 2023-04-13
EP4184519A1 (en) 2023-05-24
DK202070815A8 (en) 2020-12-18
DK181192B8 (en) 2023-05-17
JP2023171831A (en) 2023-12-05
JP2022532080A (en) 2022-07-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11972853B2 (en) Activity trends and workouts
US11360641B2 (en) Increasing the relevance of new available information
US20220121299A1 (en) Displaying a predetermined view of an application
KR102408802B1 (en) Context-specific user interfaces
US20190258373A1 (en) Scrollable set of content items with locking feature
US11896871B2 (en) User interfaces for physical activity information
US11977729B2 (en) Physical activity information user interfaces
US20230389806A1 (en) User interfaces related to physiological measurements
US20240310999A1 (en) Techniques for selecting text
US20230389861A1 (en) Systems and methods for sleep tracking
US20230393616A1 (en) Displaying application views
US12124668B2 (en) Methods and user interfaces for tracking execution times of certain functions
DK181192B8 (en) Activity trends and training
US20240031313A1 (en) User interfaces for messaging content
WO2023235608A1 (en) Systems and methods for sleep tracking
WO2023235147A1 (en) User interfaces related to physiological measurements

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20210228

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20211104

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R003

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN REFUSED

18R Application refused

Effective date: 20221021